2014 Sportage Owner`s Manual

2014 Sportage Owner`s Manual
Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value
for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a
customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,
you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to
your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement
parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
i
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2014 Kia Canada Inc.
All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
information storage and retrieval system or translation in
whole or part is not permitted without written authorization
from Kia Canada Inc..
Printed in Korea
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Features of your vehicle
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Index
I
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
• Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
A010000AAM
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual. These WARNINGs were
prepared to enhance your personal
safety. You should carefully read and
follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these
WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs
and
NOTICEs.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
1 2
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
A020101AHM-EU
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
A020103AUN-EU
CAUTION
Never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank
other than what has been specified. (Consult an authorized Kia
dealer for details.)
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Tighten the cap until it clicks
once. otherwise the Check
Engine
light will illuminate.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
and gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or
instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
may be used in your vehicle. Do not
use gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline
or gasohol containing any methanol.
Ethanol provides less energy than
gasoline and it attracts water, and it is
thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind
if drivability problems occur. Vehicle
damage or drivability problems may
not be covered by the manufacturer's
warranty if they result from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
1 3
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recommends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10%.
A020104AUN
Use of MTBE
Kia recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)
may reduce vehicle performance and
produce vapor lock or hard starting.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused
by the use of “E85” fuel.
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use
of any gasohol product which
impairs drivability.
1 4
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty may not cover damage
to the fuel system and any performance problems that are
caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such
as
MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese
Tricarbonyl).
Kia does not recommend the use of
gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
A020105AUN
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system.
Introduction
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control
System. For more information on
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline. If
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank at every
12,000 km (7,500 mile) or 12 months
is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.
A020107AUN
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE HANDLING
INSTRUCTIONS
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
A090000AEN
A030000AUN
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give
this vehicle a higher center of gravity
than other types of vehicles. In other
words they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
control, an accident or vehicle
rollover. Be sure to read the
“Reducing the risk of a rollover”
driving guidelines, in section 5 of
this manual.
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600
miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.
1 6
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Exterior overview II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW I
■ Front
1. Hood ......................................................4-30
5. Outside rearview mirror..........................4-49
2. Headlamp ..............................................8-2
6. Sunroof ..................................................4-35
3. Fog light ................................................8-2
7. Wiper blade ............................................7-28
4. Tires and wheels ....................................7-34
8. Windows ................................................4-25
OSL012003N
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW II
■ Rear
9. Door ......................................................4-17
13. Rear wiper blade ................................7-30
10. Fuel filler lid ........................................4-32
14. Center high mounted stop light ..........8-2
11. Rear combination lamp ......................8-2
15. Rear window defroster........................4-93
12. Tailgate (trunk) ....................................4-22
16. Antenna ..............................................4-126
OSL014004
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-18
2. Outside rearview mirror control
switch ................................................4-51
3. Central door lock switch....................4-19
4. Power window lock button ................4-29
5. Power window switches ....................4-27
6. Rear parking assist system OFF
button ................................................4-76
7. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ................................................4-55
8. Active ECO button ............................5-50
9. DBC button .......................................5-42
10. ESC OFF button .............................5-38
11. Steering wheel tilt control ...............4-40
12. Steering wheel ................................4-39
13. Fuse box .........................................7-46
14. Hood release lever..........................4-30
15. Seats.................................................3-2
16. Fuel filler lid release lever ...............4-32
17. Air vents...............................4-95, 4-106
❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
2 4
OSL014001N
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Lighting controls / Turn signals.........4-82
2. Steering wheel audio controls........4-127
3. Instrument cluster.............................4-54
4. Horn .................................................4-41
5. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-58
6. Cruise controls .................................5-46
7. Wiper/Washer switch........................4-84
8. ENGINE START/STOP button ...........5-8
9. Passenger Air bag OFF indicator.....3-52
10. Audio ............................................4-126
11. Hazard warning flasher...........4-80, 6-2
12. Climate control system .......4-94, 4-103
13. Power outlet .................................4-119
14. Seat heater switch
(with air ventilation) ........................3-11
15. Shift lever ..............................5-13, 5-16
16. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-58
17. Glove box .....................................4-115
18. Accelerator pedal .............................5-6
19. Brake pedal ....................................5-30
20. Parking brake pedal .......................5-32
❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration
OSL010002N
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ GDI engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir ..................7-21
2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-18
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir ............7-23
4. Positive battery terminal ..................7-31
5. Negative battery terminal ................7-31
■ T-GDI engine
6. Fuse box ..........................................7-50
7. Air cleaner ........................................7-26
8. Engine oil dipstick ............................7-18
9. Radiator cap ....................................7-22
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ..7-25
* if equipped
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL074101N/OSL071001N
B030000AUN-C1
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
• Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
• Seat belt restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
- Automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
- Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
- Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . 3-48
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
• SRS components and functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
• Occupant Detection System (ODS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
• Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s
seat)
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
(5) Seat heater (with air ventilation)*
(6) Headrest
*
*
Power seat
*
2nd row seat
(7) Seatback folding
(8) Headrest
(9) Armrest
(10) Seat heater*
Manual seat
*
* if equipped
*
OSL030001
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose
objects
Loose objects in the driver’s
foot area could interfere with
the operation of the foot pedals,
possibly causing an accident.
Do not place anything under the
front seats.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback
to its upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly
and be sure there are no other
passengers around the seat. If
the seatback is returned without being held and controlled,
the back of the seat could
spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck
by the seatback.
WARNING - Driver
responsibility for passengers
Riding in a vehicle with the
seatback reclined could lead to
serious or fatal injury in an accident.
If a seat is reclined during an
accident, the occupant’s hips
may slide under the lap portion
of the seat belt applying great
force to the unprotected
abdomen. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result. The
driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in an
upright position whenever the
vehicle is in motion. In addition,
excessive reclining can significantly reduce the ability of the
restraint system to restrain
occupants in certain accidents,
specifically rollover accidents.
WARNING
Do not use a sitting cushion
that reduces friction between
the seat and passenger. The
passenger’s hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a
sudden stop. Serious or fatal
internal injuries could result
because the seat belt cannot
operate normally.
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Driver’s
seat
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss
of control, and an accident
causing death, serious injury,
or property damage.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
of the seatback. Storing items
against a seatback or in any
other way interfering with
proper locking of a seatback
could result in serious or fatal
injury in a sudden stop or collision.
• Always drive and ride with
your seatback upright and the
lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
This is the best position to
protect you in case of an accident.
(Continued)
3 4
(Continued)
• In order to avoid unnecessary
and perhaps severe air bag
injuries, always sit as far back
as possible from the steering
wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle.
We recommend that your
chest be at least 25 cm (10
inches) away from the steering wheel.
WARNING - Rear seatbacks
• The rear seatback must be
securely latched. If not, passengers and objects could be
thrown forward resulting in
serious injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop or collision.
• Luggage and other cargo
should be laid flat in the cargo
area. If objects are large,
heavy, or must be piled, they
must be secured. Under no
circumstances should cargo
be piled higher than the seatbacks. Failure to follow these
warnings could result in serious injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop, collision or rollover.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• No passenger should ride in
the cargo area or sit or lie on
folded seatbacks while the
vehicle is moving. All passengers must be properly seated
in seats and restrained properly while riding.
• When resetting the seatback
to the upright position, make
sure it is securely latched by
pushing it forward and backwards.
• To avoid the possibility of
burns, do not remove the carpet in the cargo area.
Emission control devices
beneath this floor generate
high temperatures.
WARNING
After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked
into place by attempting to
move the seat forward or backward without using the lock
release lever. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's seat could cause you to
lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat cushion forward may
cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
• Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
• Do not put a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may
gush out of the lighter and
cause fire.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
OSL030002
Front seat adjustment - manual
C010101AHM
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever
up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat
moves, it is not locked properly.
3 6
OSL030003
OSL030004
C010102AHM
C010103APB
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
Seat height (for driver’s seat)
To change the height of the seat,
push the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
Safety features of your vehicle
Front seat adjustment - power
(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily
control the steering wheel, pedals
and switches on the instrument
panel.
WARNING
The power seat is operable with
the ignition OFF.
Therefore, children should
never be left unattended in the
vehicle.
CAUTION
• The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop operating
once the adjustment is completed. Excessive operation
may damage the electrical
equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large
amount of electrical power. To
prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, don’t adjust the
power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not
running.
• Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
result in power seat motor or
electrical component malfunction.
OSL030006
Forward and backward
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position. Release the switch
once the seat reaches the desired
position.
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
Type A
OSL030063E
OSL030007
OSL030008
Seatback angle
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to
the desired angle. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Seat height (for driver’s seat)
Pull the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the seat cushion. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Type B
OSL030009
Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the button.
3 8
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
OLM039303N
C010104AHM
Front headrest
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps protect the head
and neck in the event of a rear collision.
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at
the same height of the center
of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's head
is similar with the height of
the top of their eyes. Also,
adjust the headrest as close
to your head as possible. For
this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event
of an accident. Headrests may
provide protection against
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
position of the driver’s seat
while the vehicle is in motion.
OSL030011
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing
may damage the headrest.
OSL032010A
OSL030012
Forward and backward adjustment
(if equipped)
The headrest may be adjusted forward to several different positions by
pulling the headrest foward and
upward at 30 to 45 degrees.
To adjust the headrest to it's furthest
backward position, pull it fully forward to the farthest position and
release it.
Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck.
Removal
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to
properly protect the occupants.
3 10
Safety features of your vehicle
Type A
Type A
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OSL034073
Type B
OSL034071
Type B
OSL034074
OSL034072
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback(2) with the
recline lever or switch(1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback(4) with the
recline lever or switch(3)
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after reinstalling and adjusting it properly.
A gap between the seat and the
headrest release button may
appear when seating on the
seat or when you push or pull
the seat. Be careful not to get
your finger, etc. caught in the
gap.
HNF2041-1
Active headrest (if equipped)
The active headrest is designed to
move forward and upward during a
rear impact. This helps prevent the
driver's and front passenger’s heads
from moving backward and thus
helps minimize neck injuries.
If there is any problem with the active
headrest, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
3 12
Safety features of your vehicle
• Each time you push the button, the
temperature setting of the seat will
change as follows :
) → LOW(
)
→
OFF → HIGH(
✽ NOTICE
With the seat heater switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
• The seat heater defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
OSL030013
C010107AUN
Front seat heater (if equipped)
Type A
The seat heater is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
heater is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
• Each time you press the button,
the temperature setting or airflow
will change as follows:
) → LOW(
)
→
OFF → HIGH(
• The seat heater (with air ventilation) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
OSL030016
Type B (with air ventilation, if
equipped)
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
• If you want to warm your seat
cushion, press the front portion of
the switch (yellow color).
• If you want to cool your seat cushion, press the rear portion of the
switch (blue color).
3 14
CAUTION
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as thinner, benzene,
alcohol and gasoline. Doing
so may damage the surface of
the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat heater, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers while the seat heater
is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Seat heater
WARNING
burns
Passengers should use extreme
caution when using seat
heaters due to the possibility of
excess heating or burns. The
seat heater may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of
time. In particular, the driver
must exercise extreme care for
the following types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
handicapped persons, or
hospital outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
OCM030052
C010108AAM
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
For proper operation of the
Occupant Detection System
(ODS):
• Do not place any items cumulatively weighing over 1 kg
(2.2 lbs) in the seatback pocket or on the front passenger
seat.
• Do not hanging clothing or
other articles on the front passenger seat.
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Cargo
WARNING
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects on the rear
seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a
collision.
OLM033314
Rear seat adjustment
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place. (The
lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
3 16
The purpose of the fold-down
rear seatbacks is to allow you to
carry longer objects that could
not be accommodated in the
cargo area.
Never allow passengers sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving. This
is not a proper seating position
and no seat belts are available
for use.
Ignoring this warning could
result in serious injury or death
in case of an accident or sudden stop. Objects carried on the
folded down seatback should
not extend higher than the top
of the front seatbacks. Doing
this could allow cargo to slide
forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
Safety features of your vehicle
1.Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket (if equipped) between
the rear seatback and cushion, and
insert the rear seat belt webbing
into the guide to prevent the seat
belt from being damaged.
2.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3.Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
At the front
OSL030021
At the rear (if equipped)
OSL030022
5.When you return the seatback to
its upright position, always be sure
it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
OSL030052
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after
being folded down:
Be careful not to damage the
seat belt webbing or buckle. Do
not allow the seat belt webbing
or buckle to get caught or
pinched in the rear seat. Ensure
that the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position
by pushing on the top of the
seatback. Otherwise, in an accident or sudden stop, the seat
could fold down and allow
cargo to enter the passenger
compartment, which could
result in serious injury or death.
3 18
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback
to its upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly
and be sure there are no other
occupants around the seat. If
the seatback is returned without being held and controlled,
the back of the seat could move
forward or backward resulting
in accidental injury to a person
struck by the seatback.
CAUTION - Damaging
rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback, insert the buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback and cushion. Doing so can
prevent the buckle from being
damaged by the rear seatback.
CAUTION - Rear seat
belts
When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position,
remember to return the rear
shoulder belts to their proper
position. Routing the seat belt
webbing through the rear seat
belt guides will help keep the
belts from being trapped behind
or under the seats.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Cargo
WARNING
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects on the rear
seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a
collision.
OLM039304N
C010303AHM
WARNING - Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transaxle is in P
(Park) or the manual transaxle
is in 1st, and the parking brake
is securely applied whenever
loading or unloading cargo.
Failure to take these steps may
allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
Headrest
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the rear
seat headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height
of the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most
people's head is level to the
height of the top of their eyes.
• Also adjust the headrest as
close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of
a cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback is not
recommended.
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Severe injury to an occupant
may occur in the event of an
accident. Headrests may provide protection against severe
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
(Continued)
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• After adjusting or reinstalling
the headrest, always make
sure the headrest locks in the
upright position to properly
protect the occupants.
3 20
OSL030017
OSL030018
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, push and hold
the release button (1) while pulling it
up to the desired position (2). To
lower the headrest, push and hold
the release button (1) on the headrest support and lower the headrest
to the desired position (3).
Removal
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
OSL030019
OSL030020
Rear seat armrest
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Rear seat heater (if equipped)
The seat heater is provided to warm
the rear seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm rear seats.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
heater is not needed, keep the
switches in the "OFF" position.
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as thinner, benzene,
alcohol and gasoline. Doing
so may damage the surface of
the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat heater, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers while the seat heater
is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
✽ NOTICE
With the seat heater switch in ON
position, the heating system in the
seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Seat heater
burns
Passengers should use extreme
caution when using seat
heaters due to the possibility of
excess heating or burns. The
seat heater may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of
time. In particular, the driver
must exercise extreme care for
the following types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
handicapped persons, or
hospital outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
3 22
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
C020100AHM
Seat belt restraint system
WARNING
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts
must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving.
• Seat belts are most effective
when seatbacks are in the
upright position.
• Children age 12 and under
must always be properly
restrained in the rear seat.
Never allow children to ride in
the front passenger seat. If a
child over 12 must be seated
in the front seat, he/she must
be properly belted and the
seat should be moved as far
back as possible.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt can
cause serious injuries in a
crash. The shoulder belt
should be positioned midway
over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Avoid wearing twisted seat
belts. A twisted belt can't do
its job well. In a collision, it
could even cut into you. Be
sure the belt webbing is
straight and not twisted.
• Be careful not to damage the
belt webbing or hardware. If
the belt webbing or hardware
is damaged, replace it.
WARNING
Seat belts are designed to bear
upon the bony structure of the
body, and should be worn low
across the front of the pelvis or
the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
as applicable; wearing the lap
section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted
as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the
protection for which they have
been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce
the protection afforded to the
wearer. Care should be taken to
avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and
chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely
be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
(Continued)
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
It is essential to replace the
entire assembly after it has
been worn in a severe impact
even if damage to the assembly
is not obvious. Belts should not
be worn with straps twisted.
Each belt assembly must only
be used by one occupant; it is
dangerous to put a belt around
a child being carried on the
occupant's lap.
3 24
WARNING
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt,
be careful not to latch the seat
belt in buckles of other seat.
It's very dangerous and you
may not be protected by the
seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt
and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly
while driving. This could
result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property
damage.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt
does not pass over objects
that are hard or can break easily.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle. The seat belt may
not be fastened securely.
Safety features of your vehicle
1GQA2083
C020101AAM-EU
Seat belt warning (for driver’s
seat)
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will blink for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch ON
regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned on,
the seat belt warning light and the
seat belt warning chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if it
is fastened within the 6 seconds, the
warning light will blink until the 6 seconds are up. The warning chime will
turn off immediately.
If the driver's seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the seat belt
warning light and chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if it
is fastened within the 6 seconds, the
warning light and chime will turn off
immediately. If the driver's seat belt is
not fastened when the vehicle speed
exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the seat
belt warning light and chime will
operate for approximately 11 times
with a pattern of 6 seconds on and
24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km/h (3 mph).
OSL030062N
Seat belt warning
(for front passenger’s seat)
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger's seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6
seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening. If the passenger's seat belt is
unfastened when the vehicle speed
exceeds 10 km/h (6 mph), the passenger's seat belt warning light will
blink for at least 6 seconds until the
belt is fastened.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Front seat
✽ NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
B180A01NF-1
C020102AAM-EU
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
3 26
OXM039026
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
Safety features of your vehicle
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
WARNING
• Verify that the shoulder belt
anchor is locked into position
at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
Improperly positioned seat
belts can cause serious
injuries in an accident.
• Failure to replace seat belts
after an accident could leave
you with damaged seat belts
that will not provide protection in the event of another
collision leading to personal
injury or death. Replace your
seat belts after being in an
accident as soon as possible.
B200A02NF
WARNING
You should place the lap belt
portion as low as possible and
snugly across your hips, not on
your waist. If the lap belt is
located too high on your waist,
it may increase the chance of
injury in the event of a collision.
Both arms should not be under
or over the belt. Rather, one
should be over and the other
under, as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under
the arm that is near the door.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
C020106AUN
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recommended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor
Type).
3 28
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section.
✽ NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes,
have the seated passengers use the
emergency locking feature for
improved convenience. The automatic locking function is intended to
facilitate child restraint installation.
To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seat back when
the rear center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the
rear seat back. If the rear center
seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seat back
is folded down, distortion and
damage to the top portion of the
seat back and seat belt garnish
may result, causing the seat
back to lock into the folded
down position.
Safety features of your vehicle
1KMN3441
1KMN3442
1KMB3443
3 Point rear center belt
To fasten the rear center belt
1.Extract the tongue plate from the
hole on the belt assembly cover
and slowly pull the tongue plates
out from the retractor.
2.Insert the tongue plate (A) into the
open end of the buckle (C) until an
audible “click" is heard, indicating
the latch is locked. Make sure the
belt is not twisted.
3.Pull the webbing and insert the
tongue plate (B) into the open end
of the buckle (D) until an audible
“click” is heard, indicating the latch
is locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
CAUTION - Cargo
Be sure that the cargo is securely loaded in the rear cargo area.
Doing not so may damage the
rear center safety belt in sudden
stop or certain collisions.
CAUTION
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks in the buckle. The seat
belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt is
adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips, if you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
WARNING
When using the rear seat center
belt, you must lock all tongue
plates and buckles. If any
tongue plate or buckle is not
locked, it will increase the
chance of injury in the event of
collision.
3 30
1KMB3451
OSL030063N
To unfasten the rear center belt
1.Press the release button on the
buckle (D) and remove the tongue
plate (B) from the buckle (D).
2.To retract the rear center seatbelt,
insert the tongue plate or similar
small rigid device into the web
release hole (C). Pull up on the
seat belt web (A) and allow the
webbing to retract automatically.
Safety features of your vehicle
1KMN3453
3.Insert the tongue plate into the
hole on the belt assembly cover.
OLM039031
OSL030024
C020105AAM
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
CAUTION
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
OED030300
C020200BHM-EU
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts. The purpose of the pretensioner is to make sure that the
seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions (or side collisions or rollovers).
The pre-tensioner seat belts can be
activated in certain frontal collisions
as well as certain side impacts and
rollover accidents, where the frontal
collision (or side collisions or
rollovers) is severe enough, together
with the air bags.
3 32
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions (or side collisions or
rollovers), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter
contact against the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive seat
belt tension on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside
the pre-tensioner will release some
of the pressure on the affected seat
belt.
✽ NOTICE
The pre-tensioner will activate not
only in a frontal collision but also in
a side collision or rollover, if the
vehicle is equipped with a side or
curtain air bag.
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the
belt webbing is not loose or
twisted and always sit properly
on your seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
8KMB3311/Q
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. Front anchor pre-tensioner
4. SRS control module
To obtain maximum benefit
from a pre-tensioner seat belt:
1.The seat belt must be worn
correctly and adjusted to the
proper position. Please read
and follow all of the important
information and precautions
about your vehicle’s occupant
safety features – including
seat belts and air bags – that
are provided in this manual.
2.Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts
properly.
✽ NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts
may be activated in certain collisions.
The pre-tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being
worn at the time of the collision.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation and
should not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the
pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air
bag warning light ( ) on the
instrument panel will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
ignition switch has been turned to
the ON position, and then it should
turn off.
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is
not working properly, this warning light will illuminate even if
there is no malfunction of the
SRS air bag. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is
turned ON, or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds, or if it
illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, please have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect
the pre-tensioner seat belt and
SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
3 34
WARNING
• Pre-tensioners are designed
to operate only one time. After
activation, pre-tensioner seat
belts must be replaced. All
seat belts, of any type, should
always be replaced after they
have been worn during a collision.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt
assembly
mechanisms
become hot during activation.
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for
several minutes after they
have been activated.
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt system in any manner.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not put anything near the
buckle. Placing objects near
the buckle can adversely
affect the buckle pretensioner
and may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of
a collision.
• Improper handling of the pretensioner seat belt assemblies, and failure to heed the
warnings not to strike, modify,
inspect, replace, service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies may lead to
improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious
injury.
• Always wear the seat belts
when driving or riding in a
motor vehicle.
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
seat belt must be discarded,
contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
C020300AUN-EU
C020306AUN-EU
Seat belt precautions
Infant or small child
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
For more information about the use
of these restraints, refer to “Child
restraint system” in this section.
WARNING
All occupants of the vehicle
must wear their seat belts at all
times. Seat belts and child
restraints reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries for all
occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Without a
seat belt, occupants could be
shifted too close to a deploying
air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle. Properly worn seat belts
greatly reduce these hazards.
Even with advanced air bags,
unbelted occupants can be
severely injured by a deploying
air bag.
Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and
occupant seating contained in
this manual.
WARNING
Every person in your vehicle
needs to be properly restrained
at all times, including infants
and children. Never hold a child
in your arms or lap when riding
in a vehicle. The violent forces
created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and
throw the child against the interior. Always use a child restraint
appropriate for your child's
height and weight.
✽ NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Safety
Standards of your country. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets the Safety Standard
of your country. The restraint must
be appropriate for your child's
height and weight. Check the label
on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint
system” in this section.
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
C020301AHM
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips and as low as
possible. Check if the belt fits periodically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained
by a proper restraint system in the
rear seat. If a larger child (over age
12) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely
restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
3 36
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to a child restraint system.
WARNING - Shoulder
C020302AKM
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
belts on small children
• Never allow a shoulder belt to
be in contact with a child’s
neck or face while the vehicle
is in motion.
• If seat belts are not properly
worn and adjusted on children, there is a risk of death or
serious injury.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the
safety belt over the area of the
abdomen where the fetus is
located or above the abdomen
where the belt could crush the
fetus during an impact.
Safety features of your vehicle
C020303AUN
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
C020304AUN
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an accident.
C020305AAM
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
C020400AEN
WARNING
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
The protection of your restraint
system (seat belts and air bags)
is greatly reduced by reclining
your seat. Seat belts must be
secured against your hips and
chest to work properly. The
more the seatback is reclined,
the greater the chance an occupant's hips will slide under the
lap belt causing serious internal
injuries. Also, the shoulder belt
may strike the occupant's neck.
Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after
the rear seatback has been folded down, be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or
buckle. Be sure that the webbing or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat. A seat belt with damaged
webbing or buckle could possibly fail during a collision or sudden stop, resulting in serious
injury. If the webbing or buckles
are damaged, get them replaced
immediately.
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
C020401AEN
C020403ASA
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
C020402AUN
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
3 38
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
C030000AHM-EU
Children riding in the car should sit in
the rear seat and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat.
Larger children not in a child restraint
should use one of the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
safety standards of your country.
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by
seat belt, or by a tether anchor
and/or LATCH anchors (if equipped).
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used. Before buying a particular child restraint system, make
sure it fits your car seat and seat
belts, and fits your child.
Follow all the instructions provided
by the manufacturer when installing
the child restraint system.
WARNING
• A child restraint system must
be placed in the rear seat.
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. Should an accident
occur and cause the passenger-side air bag to deploy, it
could severely injure or kill an
infant or child seated in an
infant or child seat. Thus only
use a child restraint in the
rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• A seat belt or child restraint
system can become very hot
if it is left in a closed vehicle
on a sunny day, even if the
outside temperature does not
feel hot. Be sure to check the
seat cover and buckles before
placing a child there.
• When the child restraint system is not in use, store it in
the cargo area or fasten it with
a seat belt so that it will not be
thrown forward in case of a
sudden stop or an accident.
• Children may be seriously
injured or killed by an inflating
air bag. All children, even
those too large for child
restraints, must ride in the
rear seat.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the chance of serious
or fatal injuries:
• Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air
bag resulting in serious or
fatal injuries.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use of the child
restraint.
• Always make sure the child
seat is secured properly in the
car and your child is securely
restrained in the child seat.
• Never hold a child in your
arms or lap when riding in a
vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and
throw the child against the
car’s interior.
(Continued)
3 40
(Continued)
• Never put a seat belt over
yourself and a child. During a
crash, the belt could press
deep into the child causing
serious internal injuries.
• Never leave children unattended in a vehicle – not even
for a short time. The car can
heat up very quickly, resulting
in serious injuries to children
inside. Even very young children may inadvertently cause
the vehicle to move, entangle
themselves in the windows, or
lock themselves or others
inside the vehicle.
• Never allow two children, or
any two persons, to use the
same seat belt.
• Children often squirm and
reposition
themselves
improperly. Never let a child
ride with the shoulder belt
under their arm or behind
their back. Always properly
position and secure children
in the rear seat.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never allow a child to standup or kneel on the seat or floor
of a moving vehicle. During a
collision or sudden stop, the
child can be violently thrown
against the vehicle’s interior,
resulting in serious injury.
• Never use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback, it may not
provide adequate security in
an accident.
• Seat belts can become very
hot, especially when the car is
parked in direct sunlight.
Always check the seat belt
buckles before fastening them
over a child.
• After an accident, have an
authorized Kia dealer check
the child restraint system, seat
belt, tether anchor and lower
anchor.
• If there is not enough space to
place the child restraint system because of the driver's
seat, install the child restraint
system in the rear right seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system be
used in the rear seats.
Rearward-facing child restraint system
WARNING
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger
seat, because of the danger an
inflating passenger-side air bag
could impact the rear-facing
child restraint and kill the child.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency lock
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the auto lock
mode to secure a child restraint.
OUN026150
C030100AHM-EU
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. The child seat or infant seat
should be of appropriate size for the
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• A child can be seriously
injured or killed in a collision
if the child restraint is not
properly anchored to the car
and the child is not properly
restrained in the child
restraint. Before installing the
child restraint system, read
the instructions supplied by
the child restraint system
manufacturer.
• If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section, have the system checked
immediately by your authorized Kia dealer.
• Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding
child restraint systems and
the instructions provided with
the child restraint system
could increase the chance
and/or severity of injury in an
accident.
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
E2MS103005
C030102AAM-EU
Placing a passenger seat belt
into the auto lock mode
The auto lock mode will help prevent
the normal movement of the child in
the vehicle from causing the seat belt
to loosen and compromise the child
restraint system. To secure a child
restraint system, use the following
procedure.
3 42
OEN036101
OEN036102
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1.Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
3.Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child
restraint) mode.
Safety features of your vehicle
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
OEN036103
OEN036104
4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Auto Lock”
mode. If no distinct sound is heard,
repeat steps 3 and 4.
5.Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6.Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat belt
is holding it firmly in place. If it is
not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7.Double check that the retractor is
in the “Auto Lock” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
The lap/shoulder belt automatically returns to the “emergency
lock mode” whenever the belt is
allowed
to
retract
fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each
time a child restraint is
installed.
If the retractor is not in the
Automatic Locking mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly
anchored to the car, including
setting the retractor to the
Automatic Locking mode.
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Auto Lock” mode
to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
C030103AEN
3 44
OSL030025N
OXM039034N
Securing a child restraint seat
with tether anchor system
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the back of the rear seatbacks.
1.Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint hook
holder and tighten to secure the
child restraint seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the
child restraint is not properly
anchored to the car and the
child is not properly restrained
in the child restraint. Always follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions for installation
and use.
WARNING - Child
restraint check
Check that the child restraint
system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions. Incorrectly fitted child
restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or
serious injury.
OLM039035
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break, causing serious
injury or death.
WARNING - Child
restraint anchorage
• Child restraint anchorages
are designed to withstand
only those loads imposed by
correctly
fitted
child
restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used
for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other
items or equipment to the
vehicle.
• The tether strap may not work
properly if attached somewhere other than the correct
tether anchor.
C030104AHM-EU
Securing a child restraint seat
with child seat lower anchor system
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
Lower Anchor
OSL030027
Child restraint symbols are located
on the left and right rear seat backs
to indicate the position of the lower
anchors for child restraints.
3 46
• When using the vehicle's
"LATCH" system to install a
child restraint system in the
rear seat, all unused vehicle
rear seat belt metal latch
plates or tabs must be latched
securely in their seat belt
buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind
the child restraint to prevent
the child from reaching and
taking hold of unretracted
seat belts. Unlatched metal
latch plates or tabs may allow
the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may
result in strangulation and a
serious injury or death to the
child in the child restraint.
• Do not place anything around
the lower anchors. Also make
sure that the seat belt is not
caught in the lower anchors.
OSL030027
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustration. There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating
position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Safety features of your vehicle
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
CAUTION
Do not allow the rear seat belt
webbing to get scratched or
pinched by the child-seat latch
and LATCH anchor during the
installation.
WARNING
If the child restraint is not
anchored properly, the risk of a
child being seriously injured or
killed in a collision greatly
increases.
WARNING - LATCH
lower
anchors
LATCH lower anchors are only
to be used with the left and right
rear outboard seating positions.
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
C040000AUN-C1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Driver’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
Side impact air bag
Curtain air bag
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts
provided in order to minimize
the risk and severity of injury in
the event of a collision or
rollover.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OLM032301N
3 48
Safety features of your vehicle
C040900AHM-EU
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or START position.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the
event of a serious frontal collision
or side collision in order to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
Also, the side and/or curtain air
bags inflate instantly in the event of
a rollover in order to help protect
the occupants from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In order to help provide protection
in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
the air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in
which a collision occurs and the
need to inflate the air bag between
the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts
those structures.
This speed of inflation reduces the
risk of serious or life-threatening
injuries in a severe collision and is
thus a necessary part of the air
bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel or passenger
air bag.
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
C040902AUN
WARNING
• To avoid severe personal
injury or death caused by
deploying air bags in a collision, the driver should sit as
far back from the steering
wheel air bag as possible (at
least 250 mm (10 inches)
away). The front passengers
should always move their
seats as far back as possible
and sit back in their seat.
• Air bags inflate instantly in
the event of a collision, and
passengers may be injured by
the air bag expansion force if
they are not in a proper position.
• Air bag inflation may cause
injuries including facial or
bodily abrasions, injuries
from broken glasses or burns.
3 50
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your
doors and/or windows as soon as
possible after impact in order to
reduce discomfort and prevent
prolonged exposure to the smoke
and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the
air bag related parts in the
steering wheel and/or instrument panel and/or in both sides
of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors are very hot. To
prevent injury, do not touch the
air bag storage area’s internal
components immediately after
an air bag has inflated.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
1JBH3051
C040903AEN
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an air
bag in front of it!
• Never put a child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat. If
the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries.
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats of
vehicle equipped with side
and/or curtain air bags, be
sure to install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible, and securely lock the
child restraint system in position.
Inflation of side and/or curtain
air bags could cause serious
injury or death to an infant or
child.
W7-147
C041000AAM
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning
light in your instrument panel is to
alert you of a potential problem with
your air bag - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS).
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds,
then go off.
Have the system checked if:
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
OKM039160L
C040100AHM-EU
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1.Driver's front air bag module
2.Passenger's front air bag module
3.Side impact air bag modules
4.Curtain air bag modules
5.Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6.Air bag warning light
7.SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8.Front impact sensors
3 52
9.Side impact sensors
10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “ OFF ”
indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Front anchor pre-tensioner
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
after which the SRS air bag warning
light should go out.
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (1)
Driver’s front air bag (2)
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a
malfunction of the SRS. Have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect
the air bag system as soon as
possible.
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position.
B240B01L
B240B02L
The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (3)
Passenger’s front air bag
B240B03L
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately
starts
deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.
3 54
(Continued)
• When installing a container of
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near
the instrument cluster nor on
the instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous
projectile and cause injury if
the passenger's air bag
inflates.
B240B05L
WARNING
• Do not install or place any
accessories (drink holder,
cassette holder, sticker, etc.)
on the front passenger's
panel above the glove box in a
vehicle with a passenger's air
bag. Such objects may
become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• If an air bag deploys, there
may be a loud noise followed
by a fine dust released in the
vehicle. These conditions are
normal and are non-toxic - the
air bags are packed in this
fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye
irritation as well as aggravate
asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin
areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap
after an accident in which the
air bags were deployed.
• The SRS can function only
when the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If the SRS air bag warning
light " " does not illuminate,
or continuously remains on
after illuminating for about 6
seconds or blinks when the
ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, or after the
engine is started, comes on
while driving, the SRS is not
working properly. If this
occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Before you replace a fuse or
disconnect a battery terminal,
turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position and remove
the ignition switch. Never
remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag
warning light to illuminate.
OSL030055N
C040300AAM
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. The driver's front air bag is not
affected or controlled by the occupant detection system.
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not put anything in front of
the passenger air bag
indicator.
Main components of the occupant detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which determines whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• A indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
3 56
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate size,
and he/she sits properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag will
be able to inflate, if necessary, in
frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air
bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly
if the passenger takes actions
which can defeat the detection system. These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or center console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
Safety features of your vehicle
C040301AMG
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
Condition detected by
the occupant detection
system
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
"PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator
light
SRS warning light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Infant *2 or child
restraint system with
12 months old *3
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the
system
Off
On
Activated
WARNING
Riding in an improper position
or placing weight on the front
passenger's seat when it is
unoccupied by a passenger
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System (ODS). Your
ODS is designed to resist electronic waves, but do not place
an electronic device such as
laptop computer on or near the
seat cushion since it may defeat
the proper functioning of the
ODS.
(Continued)
*1) The system judges a person of adult. When a smaller adult sits in the
front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child
depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger
child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending on
his/her physique or posture.
*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
3 57
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
3 58
OVQ036013N
1KMN3663
1KMN3665
- Never put a heavy load or an
active electronic device on
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
- Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never place feet on the dashboard.
OVQ036014N
1KMN3662
1KMN3664
- Never place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
- Never lean on the door or center console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
Proper position
WARNING
B990A01O
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag.
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF”
indicator is illuminated because
the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the
adult passenger repositions
themselves properly and the car
is restarted, have the passenger
move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag
will not deploy.
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicator will not change
according to the occupants
posture after the vehicle has
been running for 30 seconds.
Front seat passengers must
stay properly seated to avoid
serious injury from a deploying
air bag.
✽ NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several
more seconds.
WARNING
Do not put a heavy load or an
active electronic device (ex. laptop computer, navigation, etc.)
in the front passenger seatback
pocket or on the front passenger seat. Do not hang onto the
front passenger seat. Do not
hang any items such as seatback table on the front passenger seatback. Do not place feet
on the front passenger seatback. Do not place any items
under the front passenger seat.
Any of these could interfere
with proper sensor operation.
3 59
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant
detection
system,
never
install a child restraint system
in the front passenger's seat.
A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in
serious injuries or death. Any
child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children
too large for child restraints
should use the available
lap/shoulder belts. No matter
what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
(Continued)
3 60
(Continued)
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator is illuminated
when the front passenger's
seat is occupied by an adult
and he/she sits properly (sitting upright with the seatback
in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), have that
person sit in the rear seat.
• If the front passenger seat is
occupied by a child who is not
in a CRS, the "PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF" indicator may
or may not be on and the passenger airbag may or may not
deploy in a collision. Have the
child move to a rear seat to
increase their safety.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not modify or replace the
driver or front passenger seat.
Don't place anything on or
attach anything such as a
blanket or seat heater to the
driver or front passenger seat.
This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
• Do not place sharp objects on
the front passenger seat.
These may damage the occupant detection system, if they
puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not use accessory seat
covers on the front seats.
• Accident statistics show that
children are safer if they are
restrained in the rear, as
opposed to the front seat. It is
recommended that child
restraints be secured in a rear
seat, including an infant riding
in a rear-facing infant seat, a
child riding in a forward-facing child seat and an older
child riding in a booster seat.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Air bags can only be used
once – have an authorized Kia
dealer replace the air bag
immediately after deployment.
• The occupant detection system may not work properly if
water, coffee or any other liquid including rain gets on the
seat. Keep the front seat dry
at all times.
• Do not place an electronic
device such as a laptop computer on the front passenger
seat. Its electronic field may
cause the ODS to switch to
the "on" condition and thus
allow the passenger airbag to
deploy needlessly in a collision, increasing your repair
costs.
Driver’s front air bag
WARNING
If the occupant detection system is not working properly, the
SRS air bag warning light
on
the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger's
front air bag is connected with
the occupant detection system.
If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator will not illuminate and
the passenger's front air bag
will inflate in frontal impact
crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger's
seat. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds or blinks when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position, or if it illuminates while the
vehicle is being driven, have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect
the occupant detection system
and the SRS air bag system as
soon as possible.
OSL030037
Passenger’s front air bag
OSL030038
C040400AAM-EU
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
3 61
Safety features of your vehicle
The indication of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
embossed on the air bag pad cover
on the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
WARNING
If the occupant detection system is not working properly, the
SRS air bag warning light
on
the instrument panel will illuminate because the SRS air bag
warning light is connected with
the occupant detection system.
If the SRS air bag warning light
does not illuminate when the
ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position, or
if it illuminates while the vehicle
is being driven, have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the
advanced SRS air bag system
as soon as possible.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened.
3 62
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based
on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the impact
is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Safety features of your vehicle
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occupant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under certain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
section.
WARNING
• Modification to the seat structure can cause the air bag to
deploy at a different level than
should be provided.
• Do not place any objects
underneath the front seats as
they could damage or interfere with the occupant detection system.
WARNING
Manufacturers are required by
government regulations to provide a contact point concerning
modifications to the vehicle for
persons with disabilities, which
modifications may affect the
vehicle’s advanced air bag system. However, Kia does not
endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure
of the vehicle that could affect
the advanced air bag system,
including the occupant detection system.
Specifically, the front passenger
seat, dashboard or door should
not be replaced except by an
authorized Kia dealer using
original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any
other such replacement or modification could adversely affect
the operation of the occupant
detection system and your
advanced air bags.
(Continued)
(Continued)
For the same reason, do not
attach anything to the seat,
dashboard or door, even temporarily. If the system is
adversely affected, it could
cause severe personal injuries
or death in a collision.
✽ NOTICE
• Be sure to read information about
the SRS on the labels provided on
the sunvisor.
• Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to
help provide enhanced occupant
protection in frontal crashes.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in all frontal collisions in
which sufficient protection can be
provided by the pre-tensioner seat
belt.
3 63
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every
time, everyone! Air bags inflate
with considerable force and in
the blink of an eye. Seat belts
help keep occupants in proper
position to obtain maximum
benefit from the air bag. Even
with advanced air bags, improperly and unbelted occupants
can be severely injured when
the air bag inflates. Always follow the precautions about seat
belts, air bags and occupant
safety contained in this manual.
To reduce the chance of serious
or fatal injuries and receive the
maximum safety benefit from
your restraint system:
• Never place a child in any
child or booster seat in the
front seat.
• ABC
–
Always
Buckle
Children in the back seat. It is
the safest place for children of
any age to ride.
(Continued)
3 64
(Continued)
• Front and side air bags can
injure occupants improperly
positioned in the front seats.
• Move your seat as far back as
practical from the front air
bags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle.
• You and your passengers
should never sit or lean
unnecessarily close to the air
bags. Improperly positioned
drivers and passengers can
be severely injured by inflating air bags.
• Never lean against the door or
center console – always sit in
an upright position.
• Do not allow a passenger to
ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator
is
illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• No objects should be placed
over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel or the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box, because any such
object could cause harm if the
vehicle is in a crash severe
enough to cause the air bags
to deploy.
• Never place covers, blankets
or aftermarket seat warmers
on the driver or front passenger seats as these may interfere with the occupant detection system.
• Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in
injury, due to accidental
deployment of the air bags or
by rendering the SRS inoperative.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If the SRS air bag warning
light remains illuminated
while the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible.
• Air bags can only be used
once – have an authorized Kia
dealer replace the air bag
immediately after deployment.
• The SRS is designed to
deploy the front air bags only
when an impact is sufficiently
severe and when the impact
angle is less than 30° from the
forward longitudinal axis of
the vehicle. Additionally, the
air bags will only deploy once.
Seat belts must be worn at all
times.
• Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side-impact,
rear-impact or rollover crashes. In addition, front air bags
will not deploy in frontal
crashes below the deployment threshold.
(Continued)
Rear impact
OEP036096N
Side impact
OVQ036018N
Rollover
1VQA2091
(Continued)
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant
detection system, do not
install a child restraint system
in the front passenger seat
position. A child restraint system must never be placed in
the front seat. The infant or
child could be severely
injured or killed by an air bag
deployment in case of an accident.
• Children age 12 and under
must always be properly
restrained in the rear seat.
Never allow children to ride in
the front passenger seat. If a
child over 12 must be seated
in the front seat, he or she
must be properly belted and
the seat should be moved as
far back as possible.
(Continued)
3 65
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes, all
occupants including the driver should always wear their
seat belts whether or not an
air bag is also provided at
their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury
or death in the event of a
crash. Do not sit or lean
unnecessarily close to the air
bag while the vehicle is in
motion.
• Sitting improperly or out of
position can result in serious
or fatal injury in a crash. All
occupants should sit upright
with the seat back in an
upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with their
seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed or the engine is shut
off.
(Continued)
3 66
(Continued)
• The SRS air bag system must
deploy very rapidly to provide
protection in a crash. If an
occupant is out of position
because of not wearing a seat
belt, the air bag may forcefully
contact the occupant causing
serious or fatal injuries.
OSL030039
OLM032310N
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
C040600AAM-EU
Side impact air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the
front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat
belt alone.
• The side impact air bags are
designed to deploy during certain
side-impact collisions, depending
on the crash severity, angle, speed
and point of impact.
• The side impact air bags do not
only deploy on the side of the
impact but also on the opposite
side.
• Also, both sides of the side impact
air bags deploy in certain rollover
situations.
• The side impact air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and passengers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
WARNING
• The side impact air bag is
supplemental to the driver's
and the passenger's seat belt
systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all
times while the vehicle is in
motion. The air bags deploy
only in certain side impact or
rollover conditions severe
enough to cause significant
injury to the vehicle occupants.
• For best protection from the
side air bag system and to
avoid being injured by the
deploying side air bag, both
front seat occupants should
sit in an upright position with
the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands
should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
positions. The passenger's
arms and hands should be
placed on their laps.
(Continued)
3 67
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not use any accessory
seat covers.
• Use of seat covers could
reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side
impact air bag.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself.
• Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between
the front door and the front
seat. Such objects may
become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the
supplemental side air bag
inflates.
• To
prevent
unexpected
deployment of the side impact
air bag that may result in personal injury, avoid impact to
the side impact sensor when
the ignition switch is on.
(Continued)
3 68
(Continued)
• If seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. Inform
the dealer that your vehicle is
equipped with side impact air
bags and an occupant detection system.
OXM039055
OLM032311N
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
C040700AUN
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
Safety features of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect
the heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
• The curtain air bags are designed
to deploy during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
point of impact.
• The curtain air bags do not only
deploy on the side of the impact
but also on the opposite side.
• Also, both sides of the curtain air
bags deploy in certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
• In order for side and curtain
air bags to provide the best
protection, front seat occupants and outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright
position with the seat belts
properly
fastened.
Importantly, children should
sit in a proper child restraint
system in the rear seat.
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats, they
must be seated in the proper
child restraint system. Make
sure to position the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible, and secure the child
restraint system in a locked
position.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not allow the passengers
to lean their heads or bodies
against the doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch
their arms out of the window
or place objects between the
doors and passengers when
they are seated on seats
equipped with side impact
and/or curtain air bags.
• Never try to open or repair any
components of the side and
curtain air bag system. This
should only be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Failure to follow the above mentioned instructions can result in
injury or death to the vehicle
occupants in an accident.
3 69
Safety features of your vehicle
C040800AAM
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1
2
3
4
OSL030028/OSL030040/OSL030041/OXM039043/OSL030042
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 70
(3) Side impact sensor
(4) Side impact sensor
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should, causing severe
injury or death.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are
changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front
doors and/or B pillar where
side collision sensors are
installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Your vehicle has been
designed to absorb impact
and deploy the air bag(s) in
certain collisions. Installing
bumper guards (or side step
or running board) or replacing
a bumper (or front door module) with non-genuine parts
may adversely affect your
vehicle’s collision and air bag
deployment performance.
1VQA2084
C040801AAM
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
3 71
Safety features of your vehicle
OVQ036018N
OLM032312N
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
Side impact and/or curtain air bags
Side impact and/or curtain air bags
are designed to inflate when an
impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the strength,
speed or angles of impact resulting
from a side impact collision.
3 72
Also, the side impact and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate when a
rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient impact.
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate only in side
impact collisions or rollovers. But
they may inflate in other type of collisions or similar rollover situations,
including when the vehicle is tilted
such as being towed if the side
impact sensors or rollover sensor
detect a sufficient impact or rollover.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
1VQA2086
C040802AUN
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
Safety features of your vehicle
OUN036087
OVQ036018N
1VQA2089
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, if equipped with side
impact and curtain air bags, the air
bags may inflate depending on the
intensity, vehicle speed and angles
of impact.
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
3 73
Safety features of your vehicle
1VQA2090
1VQA2091
1VQA2092
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because front air
bag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
However, if equipped with side
impact and curtain air bags, the air
bags may inflate in a rollover, when
it is detected by the rollover sensor.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sensors.
3 74
Safety features of your vehicle
C041100AUN
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and so there are no parts you
can safely service by yourself. If the
SRS air bag warning light does not
illuminate, when you turn the ignition
on, or continuously remains on, or
continuously blinks. have your vehicle immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger’s panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
• Modification to SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure,
can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible
injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad
covers, use only a soft, dry
cloth or one which has been
moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag
covers and proper deployment of the system.
• No objects should be placed
over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box, because any
such object could cause harm
if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to inflate.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the air bags inflate, they
must be replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other
components of the SRS system. Doing so could result in
injury, due to accidental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inoperative.
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or
if the vehicle must be
scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed.
An authorized Kia dealer
knows these precautions and
can give you the necessary
information. Failure to follow
these precautions and procedures could increase the risk
of personal injury.
• If your car was flooded and
has soaked carpeting or water
on flooring, you shouldn't try
to start the engine; have the
car towed to an authorized Kia
dealer.
3 75
Safety features of your vehicle
C041300AUN
Additional safety precautions
• Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a foldeddown back seat. All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and
their feet on the floor.
• Passengers should not move
out of or change seats while the
vehicle is moving. A passenger
who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can
be thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other occupants,
or out of the vehicle.
• Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more
than one person uses the same
seat belt, they could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
• Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the
protection provided by the seat belt
and increase the chance of serious
injury in a crash.
3 76
• Passengers should not place
hard or sharp objects between
themselves and the air bags.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on
your lap or in your mouth can result
in injuries if an air bag inflates.
• Keep occupants away from the
air bag covers. All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and
their feet on the floor. If occupants
are too close to the air bag covers,
they could be injured if the air bags
inflate.
• Do not attach or place objects
on or near the air bag covers.
Any object attached to or placed
on the front or side air bag covers
could interfere with the proper
operation of the air bags.
• Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats
could interfere with the operation of
the supplemental restraint system
sensing components or side air
bags.
• Do not place items under the
front seats. Placing items under
the front seats could interfere with
the operation of the supplemental
restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on
your lap. The infant or child could
be seriously injured or killed in the
event of a crash. All infants and
children should be properly
restrained in appropriate child
safety seats or seat belts in the
rear seat.
WARNING
• Sitting improperly or out of
position can cause occupants
to be shifted too close to a
deploying air bag, strike the
interior structure or be thrown
from the vehicle resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always sit upright with the
seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat
cushion with your seat belt
on, legs comfortably extended
and your feet on the floor.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Always have the ignition OFF
in an abnormal situation. The
side air bags may inflate if the
vehicle is tilted such as when
being towed because the
rollover sensor detects it as a
rollover situation.
• Be careful not to cause impact
to the doors when the ignition
is ON. The air bags may
inflate.
OSL030061N
C041400AUN
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
OSL034051
C041200AUN-EU
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some required by the
Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to
alert the driver and passengers of potential
risks of the air bag system.
3 77
Features of your vehicle
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Tilt and telescoping steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• FLEX Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
• Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
• Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
• Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Other door lock/unlock features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
• Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Operation of the back-up warning system . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Non-operational conditions of back-up warning
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
• Back-up warning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Rear-camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
4
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• Front fog light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
4
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Interior light welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Luggage lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Windshield defrosting and defogging . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Center console storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Glove box cooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Floor mat anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• SIRIUS® Satellite Radio information . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
D010100AUN
Key operations
Type A
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the key code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
OUN026060
Type B
Type B
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold automatically.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
OXMA043331
Type C
OXMA043316
Type C
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
D010200AAM
4 3
Features of your vehicle
D010300AAM
WARNING - Ignition key
(smart key)
Leaving children unattended in
a vehicle with the Ignition key
(smart key) is dangerous even if
the key is not in the ignition
switch or start button is ACC or
ON position. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The
Ignition key (smart key) would
enable children to operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or even
death. Never leave the keys in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children, when the engine is
running.
4 4
WARNING
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,
the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will continue to operate causing damage
to the starter motor and possible fire due to excessive current
in the wiring.
Immobilizer system
(if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with
an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever you insert your ignition key into
the ignition switch and turn it to ON,
it checks and determines and verifies
that the ignition key is valid.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
Features of your vehicle
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position. The immobilizer system activates automatically. Without a valid
ignition key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Insert the ignition key into the key
cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
or your key number anywhere in
the vehicle. The ignition key and
key number are unique to your
vehicle, and therefore, should
be kept confidential.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separately in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories
near the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt
the transponder signal and may
prevent the engine from being
started.
CAUTION
The transponder in your ignition
key is an important part of the
immobilizer system. It is
designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough
handling. Immobilizer system
malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction and should
only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the immobilizer
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with
Industry Canada Standard RSS210.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
4 6
D010301AUN-EC
Limp home (override) procedure
When you turn the ignition switch to
the ON position, if the immobilizer
indicator (
) goes off after blinking 5 times, your transponder
equipped in the ignition key is out of
order. You cannot start the engine
without the limp home procedure. To
start the engine, you have to input
your password by using the ignition
switch. Your password is only available from an authorized Kia dealership. Contact an authorized dealer
for more information.
The following procedure is how to
input your password of “2345” as an
example.
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. The immobilizer indicator
(
) will blink 5 times and go off
indicating the beginning of the limp
home procedure.
2.Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position.
3.To enter the first digit (in this example “2”), turn the ignition switch to
the ON and ACC position twice.
Perform the same procedure for
the next digits between 3 seconds
and 10 seconds (for example, for
“3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC 3
times).
4.If all of the digits have been input
successfully, you have to start the
engine within 30 seconds. If you
attempt to start the engine after 30
seconds, the engine will not start
and you will have to input your
password again.
After performing the limp home procedure, you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to
inspect and repair your ignition key
or immobilizer system.
Features of your vehicle
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
However, if any door (or tailgate)
remains open, the hazard warning
lights will not operate. But if all doors
(and tailgate) are closed after the
lock button is pressed, the hazard
warning lights will blink once.
D020102BHM-EU
OXMA043317
Remote keyless entry system
operations
D020101AAM-EU
Lock (1)
All doors (and tailgate) are locked if
the lock button is pressed.
If all doors (and tailgate) are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that all doors (and
tailgate) are locked.
If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the horn will
beep once with the hazard warning
lights blinking once.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink twice
to indicate that the driver's door is
unlocked.
All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked
if the unlock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds. The hazard
warning lights will blink twice again to
indicate that all doors (and tailgate)
are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors
(and tailgate) will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds.
2 stage unlocking may be disabled or
re-enabled by simultaneously pressing the Lock (1) and Unlock (2) button for 4 seconds (disabling 2 stage
unlock allows all vehicle doors to
unlock simultaneously). The hazard
warning lights will blink 4 times to
indicate that 2 stage unlock was
enabled or disabled.
D020105AHM
Alarm (3)
The horn sounds and the hazard
warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for
more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the
horn and lights, press any button on
the transmitter.
4 7
Features of your vehicle
D020200AAM-EU
Transmitter precautions
✽ NOTICE
The transmitter will not work if any
of the following occurs:
• The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (10 m [about 30 feet]).
• The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the
transmitter.
When the transmitter does not work
properly, open and close the door
with the ignition key. If you have a
problem with the transmitter, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
(Continued)
4 8
(Continued)
• If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is
active such as making call, receiving calls, text messaging, and/or
sending/receiving emails. Avoid
placing the transmitter and your
cell phone or smart phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and
maintain
adequate
distance
between the two devices.
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless entry system is inoperative
due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by
your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
This device complies with
Industry Canada Standard RSS210.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment. If the
keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by
the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by
your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
Features of your vehicle
For transmitter replacement, see an
authorized Kia dealer to reprogram
the transmitter.
CAUTION
OYDDCO2005
D020300AHM
Battery replacement
A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
battery which will normally last for
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following procedure.
1.Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
center cover.
2.Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position is positioned battery.
3.Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
• The keyless entry system
transmitter is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use,
however it can malfunction if
exposed to moisture or static
electricity. If you are unsure
how to use your transmitter or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter to malfunction. Be sure to use the
correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter, don't drop it, get it wet,
or expose it to heat or sunlight.
WARNING
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according
to your local laws or regulations.
IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry
Canada
licenceexempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions : (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
OXMA043316/Q
D040000AHM
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and tailgate) and even
start the engine without inserting the
key.
The functions of the buttons on a
smart key are similar to the remote
keyless entry.
4 10
Lock (1)
All doors (and tailgate) are locked if
the lock button is pressed.
If all doors (and tailgate) are closed,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and chime sounds once to indicate
that all doors (and tailgate) are
locked.
However, if any door (or tailgate)
remains open, the hazard warning
lights will not operate. But if all doors
(and tailgate) are closed after the
lock button is pressed, the hazard
warning lights will blink once.
D020102BHM-EU
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
chime sounds twice to indicate that
the driver's door is unlocked.
All doors (and tailgate) are unlocked
if the unlock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds. The hazard
warning lights will blink and chime
sounds twice again to indicate that
all doors (and tailgate) are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors
(and tailgate) will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds.
2 stage unlocking may be disabled or
re-enabled by simultaneously pressing the Lock (1) and Unlock (2) button for 4 seconds (disabling 2 stage
unlock allows all vehicle doors to
unlock simultaneously). The hazard
warning lights will blink 4 times to
indicate that 2 stage unlock was
enabled or disabled.
Features of your vehicle
D020104AHM
D040101BHM
Tailgate unlock (3)
The tailgate is unlocked if the button
is pressed for more than 1 second.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the tailgate is
unlocked.
However, after pressing this button,
the tailgate will lock automatically
unless you open the tailgate within
30 seconds.
Also, once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
automatically.
Locking
Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors (and
tailgate) closed and any door
unlocked, locks all the doors (and
tailgate). The hazard warning lights
blink and the chime sounds once to
indicate that all doors (and tailgate)
are locked.
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
(28~40 in.) from the outside door
handle. If you want to make sure that
a door has locked or not, you should
check the door lock button inside the
vehicle or pull the outside door handle.
Even though you press the button,
the doors will not lock and the chime
sounds for 3 seconds if any of the following occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate is
opened.
D020105AHM
Alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard
warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for
more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the
horn and lights, press any button on
the transmitter.
OSL040006
D040100AHM
Smart key functions
Carrying the smart key, you may lock
and unlock the vehicle doors (and
tailgate). Also, you may start the
engine. Refer to the following, for
more details.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
D040102AEN-EU
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the driver’s
outside door handle with all doors
(and tailgate) closed and locked,
unlocks the driver’s door. The hazard
warning lights blink and the chime
sounds twice to indicate that the driver’s door is unlocked. All doors (and
tailgate) are unlocked if the button is
pressed once more within 4 seconds. The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound twice
to indicate that all the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked.
Pressing the button of the front passenger’s outside door handle with all
doors (and tailgate) closed and
locked, unlocks all the doors (and
tailgate). The hazard warning lights
blink and the chime sounds twice to
indicate that all doors (and tailgate)
are unlocked.
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
(28~40 in.) from the outside door
handle.
4 12
When the smart key is recognized in
the area of 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from
the front outside door handle, other
people can also open the door without possession of the smart key.
D040103AHM
Tailgate unlocking
If you are within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.)
from the outside tailgate handle, with
your smart key in possession, the
tailgate will unlock and open when
you press the tailgate handle switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the tailgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
automatically.
D040104AHM
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key. For detailed information refer to “Starting the engine
with a smart key” in section 5.
D040300AHM
Smart key precautions
✽ NOTICE
• If, for some reason, you happen to
lose your smart key, you will not
be able to start the engine. Tow the
vehicle, if necessary, and contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you lose a smart key, you should
immediately take the vehicle and
key to your authorized Kia dealer
to protect it from potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
When the smart key does not work
properly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you
have a problem with the smart
key, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is
active such as making call, receiving calls, text messaging, and/or
sending/receiving emails. Avoid
placing the smart key and your
cell phone or smart phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and
maintain
adequate
distance
between the two devices.
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless entry system is inoperative
due to exposure to water or liquids, it will not be covered by
your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
This device complies with
Industry Canada Standard RSS210.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2.Pry open the rear cover of the
smart key.
3.Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
4.Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
OXM043005
D040500AHM
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
The circuit inside the smart key can
have a problem if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
4 14
✽ NOTICE
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• Circuits inside the smart key may
develop problems when dropped,
exposed to moisture or static electricity.
• If you suspect that your smart key
might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is
not working correctly, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according
to your local laws or regulations.
IC WARNING
This device complies with
Industry
Canada
licenceexempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions : (1) this
device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
D030100AEN-EU
Armed stage
Armed
stage
Disarmed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
D030000AEN
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the car. This system is operated
in three stages: the first is the
"Armed" stage, the second is the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
Park the car and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1.Remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2.Make sure that all doors (and tailgate) and engine hood are closed
and latched.
3.Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system (or
smart key) or ignition key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
(for smart key, the chime also
sounds) once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If any door (or tailgate) or engine
hood remains open, the hazard
warning lights and the chime will not
operate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and
engine hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key from
the front doors; however, the hazard
warning lights will not blink using this
method.
✽ NOTICE
The theft-alarm system by the key
can be deactivated by an authorized
Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave
the vehicle. If any door (or tailgate)
or engine hood is opened within
30 seconds after the system
enters the armed stage, the system is disarmed to prevent an
unnecessary alarm.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
D030200AEN-EU
D030400BEN-EU
Theft-alarm stage
Disarmed stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened without using the ignition key or transmitter (or smart key).
• The tailgate is opened without
using the transmitter (or smart
key).
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
repeat the horn 3 times unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the
ignition key or transmitter (or smart
key).
4 16
The system will be disarmed when
the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked
with the transmitter (or smart key) or
the ignition key.
After depressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After depressing the unlock button, if
any door (or tailgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
✽ NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key into
the ignition switch, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and
wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. (if
equipped)
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could
cause the theft-alarm system to
malfunction and should only be
serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the theft-alarm
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
Unlock
Lock
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
WARNING
• If you don’t close the door
securely, the door may open
again.
• Be careful that someone’s
body and hands are not
trapped when closing the
door.
✽ NOTICE
OSL044007
D050100AAM-EU
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
• Turn the key clockwise to unlock
and counterclockwise to lock.
• If you lock the driver’s door with a
key, all vehicle doors will lock automatically.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the door
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors.
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
Unlock
OSL040009
OSL040008
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2) to
the “Lock” position and close the
door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
✽ NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
4 18
Lock
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
D050201AHM-EU
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open. (if
equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is opened. (if equipped)
Features of your vehicle
Driver’s door (if equipped)
WARNING - Door lock
malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the
vehicle, try one or more of the
following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door
handle.
• Operate the other door locks
and handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use
the key to unlock the door
from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and
open the tailgate.
OSL040010
Passenger’s door (if equipped)
• When pressing the front portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
• When pressing the rear portion (2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened, the
doors will not lock even though the
front portion (1) of the central door
lock switch is pressed.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the front
portion (1) of the central door lock
switch is pressed. (if equipped)
OSL040250E
D050202AAM-EU
With central door lock switch
(if equipped)
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
D050300AAM-EE
WARNING - Doors
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the
door. Locked doors will also
discourage potential intruders
when the vehicle stops or
slows down.
• Be careful when opening
doors and watch for vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles or
pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
Opening a door when something is approaching can
cause damage or injury.
4 20
WARNING - Unlocked
vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
can invite theft or possible harm
to you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle while you
are gone. Always remove the
ignition key, engage the parking
brake, close all windows and
lock all doors when leaving
your vehicle unattended.
WARNING - Unattended
children
An enclosed vehicle can
become extremely hot, causing
death or severe injury to unattended children or animals who
cannot escape the vehicle.
Furthermore, children might
operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm,
possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle. Never leave
children or animals unattended
in your vehicle.
Impact sensing door unlock
system (if equipped)
In the event of air bag deployment
resulting from a vehicle impact, all
doors will automatically unlock.
Auto door lock/unlock feature
(Automatic transaxle, if
equipped)
• All doors will automatically lock
when the transaxle shift lever is
shifted out of P(Park).
• All doors will automatically unlock
when the transaxle shift lever is
shifted into P (Park).
Speed sensing door lock system (Manual transaxle, if
equipped)
• All doors will automatically lock
after the vehicle speed exceeds
about 15 km (9 mph).
• All doors will automatically unlock
when the engine is shut off and the
ignition key is removed.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
An authorized Kia dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door
lock/ unlock features.
If you want to activate or deactivate
some door lock/unlock feature, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
3.Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (3)
until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
OSL040011
D050500AAM
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1.Open the rear door.
2.Insert the key into the child safety
lock hole (1) and turn the key to the
lock ( ) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position,
the rear door will not open even
though the inner door handle is
pulled.
locks
If children accidentally open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle, resulting in severe
injury or death. To prevent children from opening the rear
doors from the inside, the rear
door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in
the vehicle.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
OSL040012
The tailgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the tailgate.
D070100AAM-EE
Opening the tailgate
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, transmitter
(or smart key) or central door lock
switch.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle
up.
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the
tailgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate is locked automatically.
4 22
OSL040013
D070200AAM
Closing the tailgate
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
tailgate before driving your
vehicle. Possible damage may
occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if
the tailgate is not closed prior to
driving.
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
that the tailgate is securely latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are
safely out of the way before
closing the tailgate.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
WARNING - Rear cargo
Make sure nothing is near the
tailgate latch and striker while
closing the tailgate. It may damage the tailgate's latch.
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
If you drive with the tailgate
open, you may draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury
or death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the tailgate opened, keep the air vents
and all windows open so that
additional outside air comes
into the vehicle.
area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available. To avoid
injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.
OSL040014
D070300AHM
Emergency tailgate safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency tailgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the cargo area, the
tailgate can be opened by pushing
the release lever and pushing open
the tailgate.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully
aware of the location of the
emergency tailgate safety
release lever in the vehicle
and how to open the tailgate if
you are accidentally locked in
the cargo area.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
4 24
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
D080000AUN
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up*/down (Driver’s window)
(7) Power window lock switch
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OSL040015
4 25
Features of your vehicle
D080100AAM
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the operation of passenger windows. The
power windows can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to
the ACC or LOCK position. However,
if the front doors are opened, the
power windows cannot be operated
even within the 30 second period.
4 26
✽ NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
OLM049021
D080101AUN
Window opening and closing
Type A
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
Features of your vehicle
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.Close the driver’s window and continue pulling up the driver’s power
window switch for at least 1 second
after the window is completely
closed.
OLM049022
D080102AAM
Type B - Auto
down
window
(Driver’s window, if equipped)
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers the
driver’s window even when the
switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the
window is in operation, momentarily
pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window’s movement.
OLM049023
Type C - Auto
up/down
window
(Driver's window, if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely
lowers or raises the window even
when the switch is released. To stop
the window at the desired position
while the window is in operation, pull
up or press down and release the
switch.
If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power
window system must be reset as follows:
4 27
Features of your vehicle
And if the power window switch is
pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.
✽ NOTICE
OUN026013
Automatic reversal (Type C)
If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).
4 28
The automatic reverse feature for
the driver’s window is only active
when the “auto up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch. The
automatic reverse feature will not
operate if the window is raised using
the halfway position on the power
window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 4 mm
(0.16 in.) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direction.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
OSL040016
D080104AAM
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the front and
rear passengers' doors by pressing
the power window lock switch to lock
position (pressed).
When the power window lock switch
is pressed, the driver's master control cannot operate the front and rear
passengers' power windows.
• To prevent possible damage
to the power window system,
do not open or close two windows or more at the same
time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door
and the individual door window switch in the opposite
directions at the same time. If
this is done, the window will
stop and cannot be opened or
closed.
WARNING - Windows
• Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised
children, when the engine is
running.
• NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even
very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to
move, entangle themselves in
the windows, or otherwise
injure themselves or others.
• Always double check to make
sure all arms, hands, head
and other obstructions are
safely out of the way before
closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power window lock button in the LOCK
position (pressed). Serious
injury can result from unintentional window operation by
the child.
• Do not extend heads or any
limbs outside the window
while the vehicle is in motion.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
OLM049025
HOOD
D090100AUN-U1
Opening the hood
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off
the engine on a flat surface,
shifting the shift lever to the
P(Park) position for automatic
transaxle and to the 1st(First)
gear or R(Reverse) for manual
transaxle, and setting the parking brake.
4 30
OSL040017
OSL040018L
slightly.
2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, pull the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3.Pull out the support rod from the
support rod holder.
4.Place the support rod end in the
designated hole on the underside
of the hood to hold up the hood.
WARNING - Hot parts
Grasp the support rod in the
area wrapped in rubber. The
rubber will help prevent you
from being burned by hot metal
when the engine is hot.
Features of your vehicle
D090200AAM
Closing the hood
1.Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2.Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3.Lower the hood until it is about 30
cm (1 ft.) above the closed position
and let it drop. Make sure that it
locks into place.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood,
ensure that all obstructions
are removed from the hood
opening. Closing the hood
with an obstruction present in
the hood opening may result
in property damage or severe
personal injury.
• Do not leave gloves, rags or
any other combustible material in the engine compartment.
Doing so may cause a heatinduced fire.
WARNING
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could open while the vehicle
is being driven, causing total
loss of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• The support rod must be
inserted completely into the
hole provided whenever you
inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the
hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will
be blocked and the hood
could fall or get damaged.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER LID
Closing the fuel filler lid
1.To install the cap turn it clockwise
until it clicks once.
2.Close the fuel filler lid and push it in
lightly making sure that it is securely closed.
✽ NOTICE
OSL040020
D100100AAM
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler lid opener.
✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to
break the ice and release the lid. Do
not pry on the lid. If necessary,
spray around the lid with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
4 32
OSL040021
1.Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler lid, pull up the
fuel filler lid opener.
3.Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4.To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
5.Refuel as needed.
There may be an intermittent noise
near the refueling hole while the
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
closed securely. This occurs normally with the OBD system.
Features of your vehicle
D100300AAM-EU
WARNING - Refueling
WARNING - Refueling
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and subject you to the
risk of fire and burns. Always
remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Tighten the cap until it clicks
once. otherwise the Check
Engine
light will illuminate.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
dangers
Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling,
please note the following guidelines carefully. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
severe personal injury, severe
burns or death by fire or explosion.
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facility.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station facility.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling since you can generate
static electricity by touching,
rubbing or sliding against any
item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should
once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.
(Continued)
4 33
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun,
contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the
filling is complete.
Use only approved portable
plastic
fuel
containers
designed to carry and store
gasoline.
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire.
(Continued)
4 34
(Continued)
• When refueling, always shut
the engine off. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine
can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire. Once refueling is complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are
securely closed, before starting the engine.
• DO NOT use matches or a
lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station
especially during refueling.
Automotive fuel is highly
flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
CAUTION
• Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel
requirements” suggested in
section 1.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission
control system.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the
paint.
• After refueling, make sure the
fuel cap is installed securely
to prevent fuel spillage in the
event of an accident.
Features of your vehicle
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
Sunroof open warning chime
(if equipped)
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine) and
opens the driver-side door when the
sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 7 seconds.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
OSL040022
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console (1).
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After a vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
CAUTION
• Do not continue to pull or
push the sunroof control lever
after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is
closed fully when leaving your
vehicle. If the sunroof is open,
rain or snow may leak through
the sunroof and wet the interior as well as cause theft.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
To open the sunroof automatically:
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position
and then release it. The sunroof will
slide open all the way automatically.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in
the slide position but can be slid
while in a tilt position.
WARNING
• Never adjust the sunroof or
roller blind while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• If you would like to carry
items on the roof rack using a
cross bar, do not operate the
sunroof.
• When carrying cargo on the
roof rack, do not load heavy
items above the sunroof or
glass roof.
• All occupants of the vehicle
must wear their seat belts at
all times. Seat belts and child
restraints reduce serious or
fatal injuries for all occupants
in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
4 36
OSL040023
Sliding the sunroof
Before opening or closing the sunroof, open the roller blind (refer to the
following page for instructions on
how to use the roller blind).
To open or close the sunroof (manual slide feature), pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position.
Pulling the control lever downward
also closes the sunroof.
To close the sunroof automatically:
Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position
and then release it. The sunroof will
automatically close all the way.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Sunroof
OXM049029
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse the direction, and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
OSL040024
Tilting the sunroof
Before opening or closing the sunroof, open the roller blind (refer to the
following page for instructions on
how to use the roller blind).
To open the sunroof, push the sunroof control lever upward.
To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof
lever downward or forward until the
sunroof moves to the desired position.
• Be careful that no head,
hands and body parts are
obstructed by a closing sunroof.
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sunroof while driving.
• Make sure your hands and
head are safely out of the way
before closing a sunroof.
CAUTION
• Periodically remove any dirt
that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
• If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is
below freezing or when the
sunroof is covered with snow
or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged.
• Do not leave the roller blind
closed while the sunroof is
opened.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Operation of the roller blind
without using the handle (1)
may cause misalignment or
malfunction.
✽ NOTICE
OXM049031N
Roller blind
The roller blinds are installed inside
of the sunroof and glass roof.
Open or close the roller blind manually using the handle (1) when you
need to.
Before opening or closing the sunroof, open the roller blind.
It is normal for wrinkles to form on
the blind because of its material
characteristic.
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.Open the roller blind.
3.Close the sunroof.
4.Release the sunroof control lever.
5.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sunroof is moved a little. Then, release
the lever.
6.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until
the sunroof operates as follows;
TILT OPEN → SLIDE OPEN →
SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system has been reset.
4 38
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering
✽ NOTICE
Power steering uses the motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is
controlled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering wheel becomes heavier
as the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for better control of
the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the system performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
is completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• The steering effort can suddenly
increase, if the operation of the
EPS system is stopped to prevent
serious accidents when it detects
malfunction of the EPS system by
self-diagnosis.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in
motion. However, after a few minutes, it will return to its normal
conditions.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
CAUTION
If the EPS system does not
operate normally, the warning
light will illuminate on the
instrument cluster. The steering
wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
D130300AUN
Tilt steering/
Telescope steering
(if equipped)
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive.
You can also raise the steering wheel
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle (if
equipped).
(if equipped)
OSL040025L
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING
• Never adjust the angle of the
steering wheel while driving.
You may lose steering control
and cause severe personal
injury, death or accidents.
• After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked
in position.
4 40
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3, if
equipped) then pull up the lockrelease lever to lock the steering
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering wheel to the desired position before driving.
✽ NOTICE
After adjudgement, sometimes the
lock-release lever may not lock the
steering wheel. It is not a malfunction. This occurs when two gears
engage. In this case, adjust the steering wheel again and then lock the
steering wheel.
OSL041250
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position, pressing the
heated steering wheel button warms
the steering wheel. The indicator on
the button will illuminate.
To turn the steering wheel off, press
the button once again. The indicator
on the button will turn off.
It will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated
steering wheel is turned on.
Features of your vehicle
If ignition is turned OFF, then ON
again within 30 miuntes of steering
wheel heater being turned on, the
system will be automatically be set
ON again.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely
to operate it, or hit it with your
fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
CAUTION
• Do not install aftermarket
steering wheel grip to the
steering wheel. This may
causes damage to the heated
steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering
wheel.
• If the surface of steering
wheel is damaged by sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.
OSL040026
D130500AUN
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽ NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
OSL044413
FLEX Steer (if equipped)
The FLEX Steer controls steering
effort as driver's preference or road
condition.
You can select the desired steering
mode by pressing the FLEX Steer
button.
The FLEX Steer stays in the last
mode selected when turning the
engine on.
4 42
OSL044408
OSL044405
When the steering mode button is
pressed, the selected steering mode
will appear on the LCD display.
If the steering mode button is pressed
within 4 seconds, the steering mode
will change as above pictures.
If the steering wheel mode button is
not pressed for about 4 seconds, the
LCD display will change to the previous screen.
Normal mode
The normal mode offers medium
steering effort.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
OSL044407
OSL044406
Comfort mode
The steering effort becomes lighter
in comfort mode.
Sport mode
The steering effort becomes heavier.
• For your safety, if you press the
steering mode button to
change the mode while turning
the steering wheel, the LCD
display will change as you
selected, but the steering effort
will not change. After that, if
you leave the steering wheel
centered, the steering effort will
change to the selected mode.
• Be careful when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• When the electronic power
steering is not working properly, the driver selectable
steering mode will not work.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
D140100AHM
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
Night
WARNING - Rear
visibility
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would
interfere with your vision
through the rear window.
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an accident which
could cause death, serious
injury or property damage.
4 44
Day
OAM049023
D140101AHM
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
Features of your vehicle
D140102AHM-EE-C1
Electrochromic Mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the drivers view
behind the vehicle.
CAUTION
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
■ Type A
Indicator
Sensor
OXM049035
■ Type B
Rearview display
Sensor
Indicator
1
OSL040240L
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
4 45
Features of your vehicle
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light
will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light
will illuminate.
Glare detection sensor
Indicator light
CAUTION
If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coating on the rear window the electric rearview mirror may not
work properly.
4 46
OHD046025N
Electric chromic mirror with
homelink® system (if equipped)
To operate the electric rearview mirror
Press the I button (1) to turn the
automatic- dimming function on. The
mirror indicator light will illuminate.
Press the O button (2) to turn the
automatic- dimming function off. The
mirror indicator light will turn off.
Homelink® buttons
HomeLink®
OHD046305N
Wireless Control System
Your new mirror comes with an integrated
HomeLink®
Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to program the mirror to activate your
garage door(s), estate gate, home
lighting, etc. The mirror actually
learns the codes from your various
existing transmitters.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• When
programming
the
HomeLink® Wireless Control
System, you may be operating
a garage door or gate operator. Make sure that people and
objects are out of the way of
the moving door or gate to
prevent potential harm or
damage.
• Do not use HomeLink® with
any garage door opener that
lacks the safety stop and
reverse feature as required by
federal safety standards. (This
includes any garage door
opener model manufactured
before April 1, 1982.) A garage
door opener which cannot
detect an object, signaling the
door to stop and reverse,
does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without
these features increases risk
of serious injury or death. For
more information, call 1-800355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink®.com.
Retain the original transmitter for
future programming procedures (i.e.,
new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® buttons be erased for security purposes
(follow step 1 in the “Programming”
portion of this text).
Programming
Your vehicle may require the ignition
switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink®. It is also recommended that a new battery be
replaced in the hand-held transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink® for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radiofrequency.
Follow these steps to train your
HomeLink® mirror:
Flashing
OHD046306N
1. When programming the buttons
for the first time, press and hold
the left and center buttons ( ,
) simultaneously until the indicator
light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds. (This procedure erases the factory-set default
codes. Do not perform this step to
program additional hand-held
transmitters.)
4 47
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
For non rolling code garage door
openers, follow steps 2 - 3.
For rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 6.
For Canadian Programming, please
follow the Canadian Programming
section.
For help with determining whether
your garage is non-rolling code or
rolling code, please refer to the
garage door openers owner’s manual or contact HomeLink® customer
service at 1-800-355-3515.
4 48
✽ NOTICE
Flashing
Some gate operators and garage
door openers may require you to
replace step #3 with the “cycling”
procedure noted in the “Canadian
Programming” section of this document.
es
ch
3in
1
Transmitter
OHD046307N
2.Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink® system you wish to
train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is
approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from the mirror. Do not
release the buttons until step 3 has
been completed.
3.The HomeLink® indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)
Features of your vehicle
Rolling code programming
To train a garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped devices)
with the rolling code feature, follow
these instructions after completing
the “Programming” portion of this
text. (A second person may make the
following training procedures quicker
& easier.)
4.Locate the “learn” or “smart” button
on the device’s motor head unit.
Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand. If
there is difficulty locating the
“learn” or “smart” button, reference
the device’s owner’s manual or
contact HomeLink® at 1-800-3553515 or on the internet at
www.homelink®.com.
5.Press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button on the device’s
motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6.
6.Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the programmed
HomeLink® button up to three
times. The rolling code equipped
device should now recognize the
HomeLink® signal and activate
when the HomeLink® button is
pressed. The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if
this has not previously been done.
Refer to the “Programming” portion
of this text.
Operating HomeLink®
To operate, simply press the programmed
HomeLink®
button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained product (garage door, security system, entry door lock, estate
gate, or home or office lighting). For
convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used
at any time. The HomeLink® Wireless
Controls System (once programmed)
or the original hand-held transmitter
may be used to activate the device
(e.g. garage door, entry door lock,
etc.). In the event that there are still
programming difficulties, contact
HomeLink® at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink®.com.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
Flashing
OHD046306N
Erasing programmed HomeLink®
buttons
To erase the three programmed buttons (individual buttons cannot be
erased):
• Press and hold the left and center
buttons simultaneously, until the
indicator light begins to flash
(approximately 20 seconds).
Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
HomeLink® is now in the train (or
learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.
4 50
Reprogramming
a
single
HomeLink® button
To program a device to HomeLink®
using a HomeLink® button previously
trained, follow these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® button. Do NOT
release until step 4 has been completed.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the hand-held transmitter
2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from
the HomeLink® surface.
3.Press and hold the hand-held
transmitter button (or press and
“cycle” - as described in “Canadian
Programming” above).
4.The HomeLink® indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
The previous device has now been
erased and the new device can be
activated by pushing the HomeLink®
button that has just been programmed. This procedure will not
affect any other programmed
HomeLink® buttons.
Gate operator programming &
canadian programming
During programming, your hand-held
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press and
hold the HomeLink® button (note
steps 2 through 4 in the
“Programming” portion of this text)
while you press and re-press
(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
CAUTION
If programming a garage door
opener or gate, it is advised to
unplug the device during the
“cycling” process to prevent
possible motor burn-up.
Features of your vehicle
Accessories
If you would like additional information on the HomeLink® Wireless
Control System, HomeLink® compatible products, or to purchase other
accessories such as the HomeLink®
Lighting Package, please contact
HomeLink® at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink®.com.
This device complies with
Industry Canada Standard RSS210.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
The HomeLink® transmitter has
been tested and complies with
FCC and industry Canada rules.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
IC: 4112104541A Gentex
MODEL/FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3
D140200AHM-EU
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
WARNING - Rearview
mirrors
• The right outside rearview
mirror is convex. Objects seen
in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
• Use your interior rearview
mirror or direct observation to
determine the actual distance
of following vehicles when
changing lanes.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the
mirror, do not force the mirror
for adjustment. To remove ice,
use a deicer spray, or a sponge
or soft cloth with very warm
water.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death,
serious injury or property damage.
OSL040027
D140201AHM-EE
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
4 52
Remote control
Electric type
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition
switch should be in the ACC position.
Move the switch (1) to R or L to
select the right side mirror or the left
side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment
control to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the switch
into the neutral (center) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
OSL040028
D140202AHM-EU
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
OSL040029
Electric type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
press the button.
To unfold it, press the button again.
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
4 53
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
4. Engine temperature gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. Fuel gauge
■ Type B
7. Odometer/Tripmeter*/Trip computer*
8. Shift position indicator*
(Automatic transaxle only)
* if equipped
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
OSL044065N/OSL044400N
D150000AAM-EU
4 54
Features of your vehicle
Type A
Type A
Type B
OSL040036C
OSL040034
Type B
OSL040039/OSL044402N
D150100AAM-EU
D150202AHM
Instrument panel illumination
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
When the ignition switch is on, press
the illumination control button to
adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
OSL044401N
Gauges
D150201AHM
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in
kilometers per hour and/or miles per
hour.
4 55
Features of your vehicle
When the door is opened, or if the
engine is not started within 1 minute,
the tachometer pointer may move
slightly in the ON position with the
engine OFF. This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy
of the tachometer once the engine is
running.
■ Type A
■ Type B
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
4 56
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the “H” position, it indicates overheating that may
damage the engine.
WARNING
OSL040065N/OSL044403
D150203AUN
Engine temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature
of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe
burns. Wait until the engine is
cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the E level.
OSL040065N/OSL044404
D150204BHM-EE
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank. The fuel tank capacity is
given in section 8. The fuel gauge is
supplemented by a low fuel warning
light, which will illuminate when the
fuel tank is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging the catalytic
converter.
OSL040040
D150205AAM-EU
Odometer/Tripmeter/TRIP computer (if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving, such as odometer, tripmeter, distance to empty, average
speed, driving time, average fuel
consumption, and the ECOMINDERTM Indicator (ECO ON/OFF)
mode on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position. All
stored driving information (except
odometer and distance to empty) is
reset if the battery is disconnected.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
The odometer is always displayed
until the display is turned off.
Press the TRIP button to select any
mode as follows:
Trip Modes (Type A)
Tripmeter A
Tripmeter B
Distance to empty
Average fuel consumption
Trip Modes (Type B)
• Distance To Empty
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
TRIP A
• Tripmeter [A]
• Average Vehicle Speed [A]
• Elapsed Time [A]
TRIP B
Driving time
Outside thermometer*
Active ECO ON/OFF
4 58
■ Type B
FUEL ECONOMY
Instant fuel consumption
Average speed
■ Type A
• Tripmeter [B]
• Average Vehicle Speed [B]
• Elapsed Time [B]
OSL040200/OSL044200N
Odometer
The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful
to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
See Maintenance, section 7.
✽ NOTICE
It is unlawful to alter the odometer
of all vehicles with the intent to
change the mileage registered on the
odometer. The alteration may void
your warranty coverage.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OSL040202C/OSL044202N
■ Type B
OSL040201/OSL044201N
OSL040204C/OSL044204N
Tripmeter
TRIP A : Tripmeter A
TRIP B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the
last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from
0.0 to 999.9 km (0.0 to 999.9 miles).
Pressing the RESET button, when
the tripmeter (TRIP A or TRIP B) is
being displayed, clears the tripmeter
to zero (0.0).
Average
fuel
consumption
(l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the average
fuel consumption from the total fuel
used and the distance since the last
average consumption reset. The total
fuel used is calculated from the fuel
consumption input. For an accurate
calculation, drive more than 50 m
(0.03 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average
fuel consumption is being displayed,
clears the average fuel consumption
to zero (--.-).
OSL040203C/OSL044203N
Distance to empty (km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated
distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the
amount of fuel delivered to the
engine. When the remaining distance
is below 50 km (30 miles), “---” will be
displayed and the distance to empty
indicator (RANGE) will blink until the
vehicle is refueled.
The meter’s working range is from 50
to 990 km (30 to 990 miles).
4 59
Features of your vehicle
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h
(1.6 MPH) after refueled more than 6
l (1.6 gallons), the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero (--.-).
■ Type A
■ Type B
OSL040205C/OSL044205N
Instant fuel consumption (if equipped)
(l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption during the last few seconds.
4 60
✽ NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the “Distance to
empty” function may not operate
correctly.
The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6
liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are
added to the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary
significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an
estimate of the available driving
distance. This value may differ
from the actual driving distance
available.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OSL040206C/OSL044206N
OSL040207N/OSL044207N
OSL040208C/OSL044208N
Average speed (km/h or MPH)
This mode calculates the average
speed of the vehicle since the last
average speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the average speed keeps going while
the engine is running.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average
speed is being displayed or after the
engine stops and 2 hours elapsed
clears the average speed to zero (--).
Driving time
This mode indicates the total time
traveled since the last driving time
reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the driving time keeps going while
the engine is running.
The meter’s working range is from
0:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the driving time
is being displayed or after the engine
stops and 2 hours elapsed clears the
driving time to zero (0:00).
Outside thermometer (if equipped)
This mode indicates the outside temperature around the vehicle.
The meter's working range is from 40°C to 80°C (-40°F to 176°F).
To change the outside temperature
display unit (°C ↔ °F), press the
RESET button more than 1 second
in this mode.
• The outside temperature on the
display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to
prevent the driver from being inattentive.
4 61
Features of your vehicle
D150300AAM
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). Any light that does
not illuminate should be checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
After starting the engine, check to
make sure that all warning lights are
off. If any warning lights are still on,
this indicates a situation that needs
attention. When releasing the parking brake, the brake system warning
light should go off. The fuel warning
light will stay on if the fuel level is low.
4 62
ECOMINDER® indicator
Active ECO system
D150302AUN
ECO
This indicator light illuminates:
When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECOMINDER® indicator
(green) will illuminate to show that
the Active ECO is operating.
For more detailed information, refer
to "Active ECO" in section 5.
Air bag warning light
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is not working properly. If the
AIR BAG warning light does not
come on, or continuously remains on
after operating for about 6 seconds
when you turned the ignition switch
to the ON position or started the
engine, or if it comes on while driving, have the SRS inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
For passenger air bag OFF indicator
on the center facia, refer to ‘air bag’
in section 3.
Features of your vehicle
D150303AHM-U1
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates if the
ignition switch is turned ON and goes
off in approximately 3 seconds if the
system is operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible. The normal
braking system will still be operational, but without the assistance of
the anti-lock brake system.
Electronic brake
force distribution (EBD) system warning
light
If these two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving, the
ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned.
In this case, your ABS and regular
brake system may not work normally.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
✽ NOTICE
If the ABS warning light or EBD
warning light is on and stays on, the
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter
may not work. Also, the EPS warning light may illuminate and the
steering effort may increase or
decrease. In this case, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
If both ABS and brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your
vehicle’s brake system will not
work normally during sudden
braking. In this case, avoid high
speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
D150304AHM-EU-U1
Seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will blink for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch ON,
regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned on,
the seat belt warning light and the
seat belt warning chime will operate
for approximately 6 seconds. But if it
is fastened within the 6 seconds, the
warning light will blink until the 6 seconds are up The warning chime will
turn off immediately.
4 64
If the driver's seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds. But if it is fastened
within the 6 seconds the warning
light will turn off immediately. If the
driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the vehicle speed exceeds 10
km/h (6 mph), the seat belt warning
light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6
seconds on and 24 seconds off until
the belt is fastened or the vehicle
speed decreases below 5 km/h (3
mph).
For front passenger’s seat belt warning light on the center facia, refer to
‘seat belt’ in section 3.
D150305AHM
Turn signal indicator
The blinking green arrows on the
instrument panel show the direction
indicated by the turn signals. If the
arrow comes on but does not blink,
blinks more rapidly than normal, or
does not illuminate at all, it indicates
a malfunction in the turn signal system. You should consult your dealer
for repairs.
Features of your vehicle
D150306AUN
D150309AUN
D150307AHM
High beam indicator
Front fog light indicator
Engine oil pressure
warning light
This indicator illuminates when the
headlights are on and in the high
beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-toPass position.
This indicator illuminates when the
front fog lights are on.
This warning light indicates the
engine oil pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving:
1.Drive safely to the side of the road
and stop.
2.With the engine off, check the
engine oil level. If the level is low,
add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, call
an authorized Kia dealer.
D150331ABH
Tail light indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the
tail lights are on.
4 65
Features of your vehicle
D150308AHM-EE
CAUTION
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illuminated, severe damage could
result.
4 66
CAUTION
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage
may result. The oil pressure
warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil
pressure. In normal operation, it
should come on when the ignition switch is turned on, then go
out when the engine is started.
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is running, there is a serious malfunction.
If this happens, stop the vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so,
turn off the engine and check
the oil level. If the oil level is low,
fill the engine oil to the proper
level and start the engine again.
If the light stays on with the
engine running, turn the engine
off immediately. In any instance
where the oil light stays on
when the engine is running, the
engine should be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer before the
vehicle is driven again.
Parking brake & brake
fluid warning light
Parking brake warning
This light is illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. The warning light should go off
after a few seconds when the parking brake is released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required. Then check
all brake components for fluid
leaks.
Features of your vehicle
3.Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on
or the brakes do not operate properly. Have the vehicle towed to any
authorized Kia dealer for a brake
system inspection and necessary
repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the
dual systems working, more than
normal pedal travel and greater
pedal pressure are required to stop
the vehicle. Also, the vehicle will not
stop in as short a distance with only
a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while you are
driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
To check bulb operation, check
whether the parking brake and brake
fluid warning light illuminates when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
D150312AAM
WARNING
Driving the vehicle with a warning light on is dangerous. If the
brake warning light remains on,
have the brakes checked and
repaired immediately by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Shift pattern indicator
(if equipped)
P
This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is
selected.
Manual transaxle shift indicator
■ Type B
(if equipped) ■ Type A
This indicator informs you which
gear is desired while driving to save
fuel.
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th
gear).
4 67
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
When the system is not working
properly, up & down arrow indicator and Gear are not displayed.
4 68
D150313AHM
D150315AUN
Charging system warning light
Tailgate open warning
light
This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or
electrical charging system.
If the warning light illuminates while
the vehicle is in motion:
1.Drive to the nearest safe location.
2.With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
3.If the belt is adjusted properly, a
problem exists somewhere in the
electrical charging system. Have
an authorized Kia dealer correct
the problem as soon as possible.
This warning light illuminates when
the tailgate is not closed securely
with the ignition switch in any position.
D150316AUN
Door ajar warning light
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely with the
ignition switch in any position.
Features of your vehicle
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
D150318AHM
Low fuel level warning
light
This warning light indicates the fuel
tank is nearly empty. When it comes
on, you should add fuel as soon as
possible. Driving with the fuel level
warning light on or with the fuel level
below “E” can cause the engine to
misfire and damage the catalytic
converter.
Electric power steering
(EPS) system warning
light
EPS
This indicator light comes on after
the ignition key is turned to the ON
position and then it will go out after
the engine is started.
This light also comes on when the
EPS has some troubles. If it comes
on while driving, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
With smart key system
If any of the following occurs in a
vehicle equipped with the smart key,
the immobilizer indicator illuminates,
blinks or goes off.
• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC or ON position, the indicator will illuminate for
approximately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to start the
engine. However, when the smart
key is not in the vehicle, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator will blink for
a few seconds to indicate that you
are not be able to start the engine.
• If the indicator illuminates only for 2
seconds and goes out when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON position with the
smart key in the vehicle, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• When the battery is weak, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator will blink and
you are not able to start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button with the smart
key. Also, if the smart key system
related parts have a problem, the
indicator will blink.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
D150320AHM-EU-U1
Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) (check
engine light)
This indicator light is part of the
Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system
components. If this light illuminates
while driving, it indicates that a
potential malfunction has been
detected somewhere in the emission
control system.
This light will also illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, and will go out in a few
seconds after the engine is started. If
it illuminates while driving, or does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
take your vehicle to the nearest
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue
to be drivable, but have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
promptly.
4 70
D150323AAM-EU
CAUTION
Prolonged driving with the
Emission
Control
System
Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to
the emission control systems
which could effect drivability
and/or fuel economy.
CAUTION
If the Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible. This
could result in loss of engine
power. Have the Engine Control
System inspected as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator
The ESC indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned
ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESC is
on, it monitors the driving conditions
and under normal driving conditions,
the ESC indicator will remain off.
When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered, the ESC will
operate, and the ESC indicator will
blink to indicate the ESC is operating.
If this indicator illuminates and stays
on, the ESC may have malfunctioned. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
Features of your vehicle
D150324AAM-EU
ESC OFF indicator
The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is
turned ON, but should go off after
approximately 3 seconds. To switch
to ESC OFF mode, press the ESC
OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator
will illuminate indicating the ESC is
deactivated.
✽ NOTICE
No system, no matter how advanced,
can compensate for all driver error
and/or driving conditions. Always
drive responsibly.
DBC (Downhill brake
control) indicator (if
equipped)
D150325AAM
Cruise indicators
CRUISE indicator
The DBC indicator will illuminate
when the DBC button is pressed and
the system is on.
When driving down a steep hill at a
speed under 35 km/h (22 mph), the
DBC will operate and the DBC indicator will blink to indicate the DBC is
operating.
If the red indicator illuminates, the
DBC system may have malfunctioned. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
CRUISE
The indicator illuminates when the
cruise control system is enabled.
The cruise indicator in the instrument
cluster is illuminated when the cruise
control ON-OFF switch on the steering wheel is pushed.
The indicator goes off when the
cruise control ON-OFF switch is
pushed again. For more information
about the use of cruise control, refer
to “Cruise control system” in section
5.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
D150327AUN
Cruise SET indicator
SET
The indicator illuminates when the
cruise function switch (SET - or RES
+) is ON.
The cruise SET indicator in the
instrument cluster is illuminated
when the cruise control switch (SET
- or RES +) is pushed.
The cruise SET indicator does not
illuminate when the cruise control
switch (CANCEL) is pushed or the
system is disengaged.
Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped)
If the driver’s door is opened while
the ignition key is left in the ignition
switch (ACC or LOCK position), the
key reminder warning chime will
sound. This is to prevent you from
locking your keys in the vehicle. The
chime sounds until the key is
removed from the ignition switch or
the driver’s door is closed.
KEY OUT indicator
(if equipped)
KEY
OUT
When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC or ON position,
if any door is open, the system
checks for the smart key. If the smart
key is not in the vehicle, the indicator
will blink, and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about 5
seconds. The indicator will go off
while the vehicle is moving.
4 72
4WD system warning
light (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, the 4WD indicator
will illuminate and then go off in a few
seconds.
If the 4WD system warning light
illuminates, this indicates that there
is a malfunction in the 4WD system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
Features of your vehicle
4WD LOCK indicator
(if equipped)
The 4WD LOCK indicator light is illuminated when the 4WD LOCK button
is pushed. The purpose of this 4WD
LOCK mode is to increase the drive
power when driving on wet pavement, snow-covered roads and/or
off-road. The 4WD LOCK indicator
light is turned off by pushing the button again.
CAUTION
Do not use 4WD LOCK mode on
dry paved roads or highway, it
can cause noise, vibration or
damage of 4WD related parts.
LCD display warning
(if equipped)
Key not in vehicle
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
and if any door is opened or closed
with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC, ON, or START position, the warning illuminates on the
LCD display. Also, the chime sounds
for 5 seconds when the smart key is
not in the vehicle and the door is
closed.
Always have the smart key with you.
Key not detected
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
or is not detected and you press the
ENGINE START/STOP button, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds. Also, the immobilizer indicator light blinks for 10
seconds.
Low key battery
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
turns to the OFF position when the
smart key in the vehicle discharges,
the warning illuminates on the LCD
display for about 10 seconds. Also,
the warning chime sounds once.
Replace the battery with a new one.
Press brake pedal to start engine
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
turns to the ACC position twice by
pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should depress the brake
pedal to start the engine.
Press cluch pedal to start engine
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
turns to the ACC position twice by
pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should depress the clutch
pedal to start the engine.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
Shift to "P" position
If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P (Park)
position, the ENGINE START/STOP
button will turn to the ACC position. If
the button is pressed once more it
will turn to the ON position. The
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position to turn
off the engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for
about 10 seconds. (if equipped)
Check stop lamp fuse
When the stop lamp fuse is disconnected, the warning illuminates for
10 seconds on the LCD display.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
that is not possible you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds with
the engine start/stop button in ACC.
4 74
Press start button again
If you can not operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button when there is a
problem
with
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button system, the
warning illuminates for 10 seconds
and the chime sounds continuously
to indicate that you could start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
The chime will stop if the ENGINE
START/STOP button system works
normally or the theft alarm system is
armed.
If the warning illuminates each time
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and
have the system checked.
Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine
If you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position, the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the
LCD display.
You can also start the engine with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position, but for your safety start the
engine with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
Low washer liquid
This warning light indicates the
washer fluid reservoir is near empty.
Refill the washer fluid as soon as
possible.
Features of your vehicle
Align Steering Wheel (left aligned)
If you start the engine when the
wheel is steered to the left at an
angle over 90 degrees, "Align
Steering Wheel" message will
appear on the instrument cluster for
5 seconds after a few seconds of
system check. In this condition, the
warning message will disappear if
the left steered angle comes down to
less than 30 degrees.
Align Steering Wheel (right aligned)
If you start the engine when the
wheel is steered to the right at an
angle over 90 degrees, "Align
Steering Wheel" message will
appear on the instrument cluster for
5 seconds after a few seconds of
system check. In this condition, the
warning message will disappear if
the right steered angle comes down
to less than 30 degrees.
Complete
When the steering wheel is aligned
within 30 degrees (left/right) less
than 5 seconds after the "Align
Steering Wheel" message is displayed, "Complete" message will
appear for 2 seconds.
Sunroof open
If driver removes the ignition key
(Smart key : turns off the engine) and
opens the driver-side door when the
sunroof is not fully closed, warning
message will appear on the LCD display. Also, the warning chime sounds
for approximately 7 seconds.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
BACK-UP WARNING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Sensors
OSL040050
The Back-up warning system assists
the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any
object is sensed within a distance of
120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by
the back sensors are limited.
Whenever backing-up, pay as much
attention to what is behind you as
you would in a vehicle without a
Back-up warning system.
4 76
• The back-up warning system
is a supplementary function
only. The operation of the
Back-up warning system can
be affected by several factors
(including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check
the area behind the vehicle
before and while backing up.
• The Back-Up Warning System
is not a substitute for proper
and safe backing-up procedures. The Back-Up Warning
System may not detect every
object behind the vehicle.
Always drive safely and use
caution when backing up.
OSL040051N
Operation of the Back-up
warning system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch
ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 10 km/h (6 mph), the system
may not be activated correctly.
Features of your vehicle
• This system will activate when the
indicator on the rear parking assist
OFF button is not illuminated. If
you desire to deactivate the Backup warning system, press the rear
parking assist OFF button. (The
indicator on the button will illuminate.) To turn the system on, press
the button again. (The indicator on
the button will go off.)
• The sensing distance while the
Back-up warning system is in operation is approximately 120 cm (47
in.).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm
(47 in. to 32 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermittently.
• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm
(31 in. to 16 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently.
• When an object is within 40 cm (15
in.) of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Non-operational conditions of
Back-up warning system
The Back-up warning system may
not operate properly when:
1.Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when the
moisture has been cleared.)
2.The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3.Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4.Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are
within range of the sensor.
5.Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6.Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7.The sensor is covered with snow.
8.Trailer towing
4 77
Features of your vehicle
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1.The sensor is stained with foreign
matter such as snow or water. (The
sensing range will return to normal
when removed.)
2.Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1.Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2.Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
3.Undetectable objects smaller than
1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower
than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
4 78
Back-up warning system precautions
• The Back-up warning system may
not sound consistently depending
on the speed and shapes of the
objects detected.
• The Back-up warning system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with
the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 40 cm (15 in.)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow, dirt, or water,
the sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a soft
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
✽ NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors; It can not detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be detected
by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Pay close attention when the
vehicle is driven close to
objects on the road, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children. Be aware that some
objects may not be detected by
the sensors, due to the object’s
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always perform a visual inspection to
make sure the vehicle is clear of
all obstructions before moving
the vehicle in any direction.
Self-diagnosis
REAR-CAMERA DISPLAY
(IF EQUIPPED)
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to
the R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction in the Back-up
warning system. If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
Rear view display
1
OSL040056
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants due to a Back-up
warning system malfunction.
Always drive safely and cautiously.
OSL040055
D330000AHM-EE
The
vate
with
shift
tion.
Rear-camera display will actiwhen the back-up light is ON
the ignition switch ON and the
lever in the R (Reverse) posi-
4 79
Features of your vehicle
This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle
through the rearview display mirror
while backing-up.
The Rear-camera display may be
turned off by pressing the ON/OFF
button (1) when the Rear-camera
display is activated.
To turn the camera on again, press
the ON/OFF button again when the
ignition switch is on and the shift
lever in R (Reverse). Also, the camera will turn on automatically whenever the ignition switch is turned off
and on again.
WARNING
• The Rear-Camera Display and
Back-Up Warning System are
not substitutes for proper and
safe backing-up procedures.
Always drive safely and use
caution when backing up. The
Rear-Camera Display and
Back-Up Warning System may
not detect every object behind
the vehicle.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with
foreign matter, the camera
may not operate normally.
Detailed information for Rear-camera display on the navigation system
is described in a separately supplied
manual.
4 80
HAZARD WARNING
FLASHER
OSL060001
D180000AHM
The hazard warning flasher should
be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the vehicle in a hazardous location. When you must
make such an emergency stop,
always pull off the road as far as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.
Both turn signal lights will blink. The
hazard warning lights will operate
even though the key is not in the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
D190100APB
Battery saver function
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged if the lights are left in the
ON position. The system automatically turns off the parking lights
when the driver turns off the
engine and opens the driver-side
door.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at
night and opens the driver’s side
door.
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the ignition key is
removed, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
Headlight escort function
(if equipped)
Headlight welcome function
(if equipped)
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 minutes after the ignition key is removed
or turned to the ACC or LOCK position. However, if the driver’s door
(and tailgate) is opened and closed,
the headlights are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmitter (or smart key) twice or turning
off the light switch from the headlight
or Auto light position.
When the headlight switch is in the
ON or AUTO position and all doors
(and tailgate) are closed and locked,
if you press the door unlock button
on the transmitter (or smart key), the
headlights will come on for about 15
seconds.
If the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the function can only operate at night.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button or unlock button (once or
twice) on the transmitter (or smart
key), the headlights will turn off
immediately.
CAUTION
If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except
driver's door), the battery saver
function does not operate and
the headlight escort function
does not turn off automatically.
Therefore, It causes the battery
to be discharged. In this case,
make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
4 81
Features of your vehicle
OXM049110
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
D190400AUN-C1
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
4 82
OXM049250N
OXM049251N
D190401AHM
D190402AHM
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking light position (1st position), the
tail, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight position (2nd position), the
head, tail, license and instrument
panel lights will turn ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the headlights.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
OSL040057
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of
light outside the vehicle.
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel. This will
ensure better auto-light system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield,
the Auto light system may not
work properly.
OAM049044
D190500AUN
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it
back for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OAM049043
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
4 84
OAM049045
D190600AUN-U1
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating. They
will self-cancel after a turn is completed. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
Features of your vehicle
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be
burned out and will require replacement.
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog
lights consume large amounts
of vehicle electrical power. Only
use the fog lights when visibility
is poor.
D190900AUN-EU
Daytime running light
One-touch lane change function
(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch lane
change function, move the turn signal lever slightly for less than 1.5
second and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3 times.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
OAM049046N
D190700AAM-EU
Front fog light
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the
fog light switch (1) is turned to the on
position after the headlight is turned
on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make the daytime running lights turn OFF when:
1. The headlights are ON.
2. The parking brake is applied.
3. Engine stops.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
Windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
/AUTO*
OXM049231L/OAM049048N
WIPERS AND WASHERS
D200000AAM-EE
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
D : Rear wiper control
· ON – Continuous wipe
· INT* – Intermittent wipe
· OFF – Off
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*
4 86
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*
* if equipped
D200100AAM
Front windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release it with the lever in the
OFF position. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is pushed upward and
held.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
✽ NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice
is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
Features of your vehicle
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is ON,
the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set
the wiper to OFF position when the
wiper is not in use.
Rain sensor
OXM049123
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls
the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the
wiper operates. When the rain stops,
the wiper stops.
CAUTION
When the ignition switch is ON
and the windshield wiper switch
is placed in the AUTO mode, use
caution in the following situations to avoid any injury to the
hands or other parts of the
body:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
CAUTION
When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF
position to stop the auto wiper
operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle.
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield
glass. Damage to system parts
could occur and may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.
When starting the vehicle in
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF position. Otherwise,
wipers may operate and ice may
damage the windshield wiper
blades. Always remove all snow
and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers.
4 87
Features of your vehicle
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
OAM049102N
D200200ASA
Front windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
4 88
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near
them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
Features of your vehicle
OAM049103N
D200300AAM
Rear window wiper and washer switch (if equipped)
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
OXM049125
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHTS
D210000AEN
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the
engine is not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.
Accidents
could
happen
because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
4 90
OXM049132
D210200AAM-EU
Room lamp
The light will turn on and off as follw
if the switch is moved.
• ON : The light stays on at all times.
• OFF : The light stays off at all times.
• DOOR : The light comes on when
any door is opened
regardless of the ignition
switch position. When
doors are unlocked by the
transmitter or the key is
removed from the ignition
switch, the light comes on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door
is not opened. The light
goes out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds
if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition
switch is ON or all doors
are locked, the light will
turn off immediately. If a
door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC
or LOCK position, the light
stays on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is
opened with the ignition
switch in the ON position,
the light stays on continuously.
Features of your vehicle
OSL040058
Map lamp
The light will turn on and off as below
if the switch is pressed. The light will
turn off if the button is pressed again.
• Push the lens to turn the map lamp
on or off. This light produces a spot
beam for convenient use as a map
lamp at night or as a personal lamp
for the driver and the front passenger.
• DOOR
The light comes on when any door
is opened or the ignition switch is
turned OFF. (if equipped)
The light goes out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds if the
door is closed or the ignition switch
is turned OFF.
However, if all doors are locked or
the ignition switch is turned ON,
the light will turn off immediately.
Interior light welcome function
(if equipped)
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and
tailgate) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
• Without smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the transmitter.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
- When the smart key is within 1m
(40 in.) from the outside handle.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the room lamp will turn off
immediately.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
OSL040061
OSL040060
Luggage lamp (if equipped)
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The luggage room lamp comes on
when the tailgate is opened.
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
The parking lights or headlights must
be ON for the glove box lamp to function.
OSL040059
Vanity mirror lamp
(if equipped)
•
•
: The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
: The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
✽ NOTICE
Turn off the lamp before return the
sunvisor to its original position.
4 92
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
220000AUN
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button again.
■ Type A
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
✽ NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog the
front
windshield,
refer
to
“Windshield defrosting and defogging” in this section.
■ Type B
OSL040062
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time
you turn on the rear window
defroster.
Wiper deicer (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Heating and air conditioning
1. Fan speed control knob
5. Rear window defroster button
2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Air conditioning button
(if equipped)
6. Temperature control knob
7. Mode selection button
4. Air intake control button
❈ The actual control panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL040070
4 94
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
Features of your vehicle
OSL040071
Mode selection
The mode selection buttons control
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent Face,
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
*
* : if equipped
*
OSL044072
4 95
Features of your vehicle
Face-Level (B, D, F*)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F*)
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
OSL040073
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
4 96
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel. (If equipped)
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
OSL040074
OSL040075
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the
air flowing from the ventilation system. To change the air temperature in
the passenger compartment, turn
the knob to the right position for
warm and hot air or left position for
cooler air.
Air intake control
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air position
or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position, press the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
MAX
If you select the A/C , the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically.
4 97
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger
compartment
may
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
4 98
WARNING
• Continue using the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continue using the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness,
and loss of vehicle control.
Set the air intake control to
the outside (fresh) air position
as much as possible while
driving.
OSL040076
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to
the “0” position turns off the fan.
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the
position.
2.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OSL043305
OSL040077
To turn off the blowers
To turn off the blowers, turn the fan
speed control knob to the "0" position.
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning system off.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the
position.
2.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
4 99
Features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
4 100
Air conditioning
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant.
1.Start the engine. Press the air conditioning button.
2.Set the mode to the
position.
3.Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
✽ NOTICE
• When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the temperature
gauge closely while driving up
hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation
may cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the blower fan but
turn the air conditioning system
off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning
may create water droplets inside
the vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to
electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with
the windows closed.
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control air filter
Heater core
Evaporator core
OHM048209
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this happens, inspect and replace the climate control air filter. (Refer to “climate control air filter” in section 7.)
4 101
Features of your vehicle
If you’re unsure about replacing procedure, have it done by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 102
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the
compressor and abnormal system
operation may occur.
WARNING
The air conditioning system
should be serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer. Improper
service may cause serious
injury to the person performing
the service.
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. AUTO (automatic control) button
2. Driver's temperature control knob
3. A/C display
4. Mode selection button
5. Air conditioning button*
6. Fan speed control switch
7. Passenger's temperature control
knob
8. Dual temperature control selection
button
9. Rear window defroster button
10. Air intake control button
11. Blower OFF button
12. Front windshield defroster button
* if equipped
❈ The actual control panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL040078
4 103
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
OSL040079
OSL040083
Automatic heating and air conditioning
2.Turn the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature.
1.Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically according to the temperature setting.
4 104
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C/73°F.
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
OSL040080
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel
to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
OSL040081
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Refer to the illustration in the
“Manual climate control system”.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
Face-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
4 106
OSL040082
OSL040073
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel. (If equipped)
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Features of your vehicle
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
1.Press the DUAL button again to
deactivate DUAL mode. The passenger side temperature will be set
to the same temperature as the
driver side.
2.Operate the driver side temperature control switch. The driver and
passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
OSL040083
OSL040084
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the extreme right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the extreme left.
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by
0.5°C./1°F When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
1.Press the DUAL button to operate
the driver and passenger side temperature individually. Also, if the
passenger side temperature control switch is operated, it will automatically change to the DUAL
mode as well.
2.Operate the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature. Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side temperature.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
4 108
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
OSL040085
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger
compartment
may
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
WARNING
• Continue using the climate
control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continue using the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness,
and loss of vehicle control.
Set the air intake control to
the outside (fresh) air position
as much as possible while
driving.
OSL040086
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control switch.
To change the fan speed, press (
)
the switch for higher speed, or push
(
) the switch for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
OSL040087
OSL040088
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
Press the front blower OFF button to
turn off the front air climate control
system. However, you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
4 110
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and the
windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the
position
and fan speed control to the
lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
or
OSL040089
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1.Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Select the
or
position.
4.The outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically. If the
position is selected, air conditioning will also be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OSL040090
To defrost outside windshield
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position.
3.Select the
position.
4.The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning is not selected
automatically press the corresponding button manually.
4 112
OSL040091
Automatic climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1.Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Press the defroster button (
).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.
Features of your vehicle
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
OSL040092
OSL040093
To defrost outside windshield
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3.Press the defroster button (
).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature.
Manual climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ( ).
3.Press the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates
that the defogging logic is canceled
or returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OSL040094
Automatic climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button ( ).
3.While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The A/C display blinks 3 times with
0.5 second of interval. It indicates
that the defogging logic is canceled
or returned to the programmed status.
4 114
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
D270000AHM
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover
cannot close securely.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
OSL044100
Center console storage
(if equipped)
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
OSL040101
Glove box
To open the glove box, pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after
use.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
WARNING
Do not keep food in the glove
box for a long time.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
While using the cooling function, a
small amount of condensed moisture
could damage your pieces of paper.
OSL040102
Glove box cooling
(if equipped)
You can keep beverage cans or other
items cool using the open/close lever
of the vent installed in the glove box.
1.Turn on the air conditioning (A/C)
system.
2.Move the open/close lever (1) of
the vent installed in the glove box
to the open position.
When the cool box is not used, turn
the lever to its closed position ( ).
4 116
OSL040103
Sunglass holder (if equipped)
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open. Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder, push it up.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects
can be thrown from the holder
in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an opened sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses
forcibly into a sunglass holder
to prevent breakage or deformation of glasses. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
OSL040104
D270500BUN-C1
Luggage box (if equipped)
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
Grasp the handle on the edge of the
cover and lift it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
box.
4 117
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder
■ Front
Type A
*
WARNING - Hot liquids
• Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in
motion. If the hot liquid spills,
you may burn yourself. Such a
burn to the driver could lead
to loss of control of the vehicle.
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the
cup holder while the vehicle is
in motion.
OSL040107
Type B
OLM049207
Sunvisor
OSL040108
■ Rear (if equipped)
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a vehicle that is heated
up. It may explode.
OSL040149
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 118
*
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (3). (if equipped)
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(4).
Features of your vehicle
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
■ Front
CAUTION
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the
vehicle may differ from the illustration.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp (if equipped)
If you use the vanity mirror
lamp, turn off the lamp before
returning the sunvisor to its
original position, otherwise it
could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor
damage.
OSL044109L
■ Rear (if equipped)
WARNING
For your safety, do not obstruct
your vision when using the sunvisor.
OSL040110
D280500AEN
Power outlet (if equipped)
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
• Use the power outlet only
when the engine is running
and remove the accessory
plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged
periods of time with the
engine off could cause the
battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A
in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power
outlet.
• Close the cover when not in
use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices
may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in
other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pen, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an electric shock.
SL_USA_RADIO/Q
Digital clock (if equipped)
Whenever the battery terminals or
related fuses are disconnected, you
must reset the time.
For details, refer to the audio in the
end of this section.
WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause an
accident that results in severe
personal injury or death.
4 120
OSL040112
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
Clothes hanger (if equipped)
CAUTION
Do not hang heavy clothes,
since those may damage the
hook.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, do not
hang sharp or dangerous
things except clothes.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Floor mat anchor(s)
(if equipped)
■ Type B
When using a floor mat on the floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the
floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.
This keeps the floor mat from sliding
forward.
ODMECO2034
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floormat to
the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floormats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floormat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floormat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the
vehicle's
floormat
anchors.
• Do not stack floormats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single
floormat should be installed
in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side
floormat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floormat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation, Kia recommends that only
the Kia floormat designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
If necessary, contact your authorized
Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment.
OSL040113
OSL040115
WARNING
OSL040114
D281000AHM
Luggage net holder
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
4 122
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the
luggage net when the strap has
visible signs of wear or damage.
Cargo security screen
(if equipped)
Use the cargo security screen to
hide items stored in the cargo area.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
OSL040116
OSL040117
To use the cargo security screen,
pull the handle backward and insert
the edges into the slots.
When not in use, place the cargo
security screen on the lower portion
of the cargo area.
• Do not place objects on the
cargo security screen. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It
is designed for luggage only.
• Maintain the balance of the
vehicle and locate the weight
as far forward as possible.
CAUTION
Since the cargo security screen
may be damaged or malformed,
do not put the luggage on it
when it is used.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
CAUTION
OSL040150
D290100AAM
Roof rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that
it could interfere with sunroof operation.
4 124
• When carrying cargo on the
roof rack, take the necessary
precautions to make sure the
cargo does not damage the
roof of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects
on the roof rack, make sure
they do not exceed the overall
roof length or width.
• When you are carrying cargo
on the roof rack, do not operate the sunroof (if equipped).
WARNING
• The following specification is
the maximum weight that can
be loaded onto the roof rack.
Distribute the load as evenly
as possible on the roof rack
and secure the load firmly.
ROOF
RACK
100 kg (220 lbs.)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight
limit on the roof rack may
damage your vehicle.
• The vehicle center of gravity
will be higher when items are
loaded onto the roof rack.
Avoid sudden starts, braking,
sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers or high speeds that may
result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an
accident.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack.
Severe wind updrafts, caused
by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden
upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof rack. This
is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses.
This could cause the items to
fall off the roof rack and cause
damage to your vehicle or
others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on
the roof rack are securely fastened.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE
■ Type A
Type C
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive both AM and FM broadcast
signals.
■ Type B
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
CAUTION
OHM048154
■ Type C
OSL044412
Antenna
Type A, B
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive both AM and FM broadcast
signals.
This antenna is removable. To
remove the roof antenna, turn it
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna, turn it clockwise.
4 126
• Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna by
rotating it counter-clockwise.
If not, the antenna may be
damaged.
• When reinstalling your roof
antenna, it is important that it
is fully tightened and adjusted
to the upright position to
ensure proper reception. But it
could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack.
• When cargo is loaded on the
roof rack, do not place the
cargo near the antenna pole to
ensure proper reception.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
CAUTION
Do not operate audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
D300204AHM
OSL040120
■ Type B
VOLUME ( / ) (1)
• Press the lever upward (
increase the volume.
• Press the lever downward (
decrease the volume.
) to
) to
D300203AHM
OSL040235L
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
D300200AEN
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
The SEEK/PRESET button has different functions based on the system
mode. For the following functions the
button should be pressed for 0.8 seconds or more.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button.
CD/USB/iPod mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it
will work as follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons.
CD/USB/iPod mode
It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
D300202AEN
MODE (3)
Press the button to change audio
source.
FM(1~2)➟ AM➟ SAT(1~3)➟ CD➟ USB
AUX(iPod)➟FM...
Steering wheel audio controls
(if equipped)
The steering wheel may incorporate
audio control buttons.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
D300205AHM
FM reception
MUTE (4)
• Press the button to mute the
sound.
• Press the button to turn off the
microphone during a telephone
call.
¢
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is described in the following
pages in this section.
OSL040121
JBM001
D300600AHM-EE
D300800AHM
Aux, USB and iPod® * port
(if equipped)
How vehicle audio works
If your vehicle has an aux and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port or
iPod® port, you can use an aux port
to connect audio devices and an
USB port to plug in an USB and also
an iPod® port to plug in an iPod®.
✽ NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
®
* iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4 128
¢¢
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then received by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.
Features of your vehicle
This can be due to factors such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
How vehicle audio works
FM reception
¢
¢¢
JBM001
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then processed by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some
cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.
4 129
Features of your vehicle
AM reception
FM radio station
¢
¢
¢¢
¢
¢¢
¢¢
JBM002
JBM003
JBM004
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance,low
frequency radio waves can follow the
curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight. In addition, they
curve around obstructions resulting
in better signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. short distances from
the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains,
and obstructions. This can lead to
undesirable or unpleasant listening
conditions which might lead you to
believe a problem exists with your
radio. The following conditions are
normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
4 130
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with
the audio equipment. In such a case,
try to operate mobile devices as far
from the audio equipment as possible.
JBM005
• Station Swapping - As an FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency
may begin to play. This is because
your radio is designed to lock onto
the clearest signal. If this occurs,
select another station with a
stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from several directions can cause distortion
or fluttering. This can be caused by
a direct and reflected signal from
the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.
CAUTION
When using a communication
system such as a cellular phone
or a radio set inside the vehicle,
a separate external antenna
must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used
with an internal antenna alone,
it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect safe operation
of the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a cellular phone.
Caring for disc
• If the temperature inside the car is too
high, open the car windows to ventilate before using the system.
• It is illegal to copy and use
MP3/WMA files without permission.
Use CDs that are created only by
lawful means.
• Do not apply volatile agents, such
as benzene and thinner, normal
cleaners and magnetic sprays
made for analogue disc onto CDs.
• To prevent the disc surface from
getting damaged, hold CDs by the
edges or the center hole only.
• Clean the disc surface with a piece
of soft cloth before playback (wipe
it from the center to the outside
edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or
paper.
• Make certain only CDs are inserted into the CD player (Do not insert
more than one CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use to
protect them from scratches or dirt.
4 131
Features of your vehicle
• Depending on the type of CDR/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may
not operate normally according to
the manufacturing companies. In
such circumstances, continued
use may cause malfunctions to
your audio system.
✽ NOTICE
- Playing an Incompatible
Copy Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do
not comply with international audio
CD standards (Red Book), may not
play on your car audio. Please note
that inabilities to properly play a
copy protected CD may indicate
that the CD is defective, not the CD
player.
4 132
NOTE:
Order of playing files (folders) :
1. Song playing order :
to
sequentially.
2. Folder playing order :
❋ If no song file is contained in the
folder, that folder is not displayed.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not stare at the screen
while driving. Staring at the
screen for prolonged periods
of time could lead to traffic
accidents.
• Do not disassemble, assemble, or modify the audio system. Such acts could result in
accidents, fire, or electric
shock.
• Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention of
traffic conditions and increase
the likelihood of accidents.
Use the phone feature after
parking the vehicle.
• Heed caution not to spill water
or introduce foreign objects
into the device. Such acts
could lead to smoke, fire, or
product malfunction.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Please refrain from use if the
screen is blank or no sound
can be heard as these signs
may indicate product malfunction.
Continued use
in such conditions could lead
to accidents(fires, electric
shock) or product malfunctions.
• Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as
such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock.
• Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate
the product. Such acts could
lead to traffic accidents.
• Use the system with the vehicle ignition turned on.
Prolonged use with the ignition turned off could result in
battery discharge.
CAUTION
• Operating the device while
driving could lead to accidents due to a lack of attention to external surroundings.
First park the vehicle before
operating the device.
• Adjust the volume to levels
that allow the driver to hear
sounds from outside of the
vehicle. Driving in a state
where external sounds cannot
be heard may lead to accidents.
• Pay attention to the volume
setting when turning the
device on. A sudden output of
extreme volume upon turning
the device on could lead to
hearing impairment. (Adjust
the volume to a suitable levels
before turning off the device.)
(Continued)
4 133
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If you want to change the position of device installation,
please inquire with your place
of purchase or service maintenance
center.
Technical
expertise is required to install
or disassemble the device.
• Turn on the car ignition before
using this device. Do not operate the audio system for long
periods of time with the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery discharge.
• Do not subject the device to
severe shock or impact. Direct
pressure onto the front side of
the monitor may cause damage to the LCD or touch
screen.
(Continued)
4 134
(Continued)
• When cleaning the device,
make sure to turn off the
device and use a dry and
smooth cloth. Never use
tough materials, chemical
cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
benzene, thinners, etc.) as
such materials may damage
the device panel or cause
color/quality deterioration
• Do not place beverages close
to the audio system. Spilling
beverages may lead to system
malfunction.
• In case of product malfunction,
please contact your place of purchase or After Service center.
• Placing the audio system
within an electromagnetic
environment may result in
noise interference.
• Prevent caustic solutions
such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the
dashboard because they may
cause damage or discoloration.
Features of your vehicle
USING THE USB DEVICE
• To use an external USB device,
make sure the device is not connected when starting up the
vehicle. Connect the device after
starting up.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB
device is connected, the external
USB device may not work.
• The System may not play unauthenticated MP3 or WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the
compression
rate
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music
files with the compression
rate between 8Kbps ~
320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static electricity when connecting or disconnecting the external USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is
not recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of
the external USB device, the
connected external USB device
can be unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of External USB device is
not
either
512BYTE
or
2048BYTE, then the device will
not be recognized.
• Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recognizable.
• Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in contact with the human body or
other objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or disconnect the USB device in a
short period of time, it may break
the device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnecting a USB device.
• If you disconnect the external
USB device during playback in
USB mode, the external USB
device can be damaged or may
malfunction. Therefore, disconnect the external USB device
when the audio is turned off or in
another mode. (e.g, Radio, CD)
• Depending on the type and
capacity of the external USB
device or the type of the files
stored in the device, there is a
difference in the time taken for
recognition of the device.
• Do not use the USB device for
purposes other than playing
music files.
• Playing videos through the USB
is not supported.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB
I/F may lower performance or
cause trouble.
(Continued)
4 135
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If you use devices such as a USB
hub purchased separately, the
vehicle’s audio system may not
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia terminal
of the vehicle.
• If the USB device is divided by logical drives, only the music files on
the highest-priority drive are recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard
USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
• Charging through the USB may
not be supported in some mobile
devices.
• USB HDD or USB types liable to
connection failures due to vehicle
vibrations are not supported.
(i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
(Continued)
4 136
(Continued)
• Some USB flash memory readers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
etc.) or external-HDD type
devices can be unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory
may be lost while using this
audio. Always back up important
data on a personal storage
device.
• Please avoid using
USB memory products which can be
used as key chains or
cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack. Please
make certain only to use plug
type connector products.
Features of your vehicle
USING THE iPod® DEVICE
• Some iPod models may not
support communication protocol
and files may not properly play.
Supported iPod® models:
- iPhone® 3GS/4
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation
- iPod® classic
• The order of search or playback
of songs in the iPod® can be different from the order searched in
the audio system.
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its
own malfunction, reset the
iPod®. (Reset: Refer to iPod®
manual)
• An iPod® may not operate normally on low battery.
(Continued)
®
(Continued)
• Some iPod® devices, such as the
iPhone®, can be connected
through the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology interface. The device
must have audio Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology capability
(such as for stereo headphone
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ).
The device can play, but it will
not be controlled by the audio
system.
• To use iPod® features within the
audio, use the cable provided
upon purchasing an iPod®
device.
• Skipping or improper operation
may occur depending on the
characteristics of your iPod®/
iPhone® device.
• If your iPhone® is connected to
both the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology and USB, only support iPod® mode because the
sound may not be properly
played in Bluetooth® Audio
Streaming. To use Bluetooth®
Audio Streaming, disconnect
iPod® cable with iPhone®.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When connecting iPod® with the
iPod® Power Cable, insert the
connector to the multimedia
socket completely. If not inserted
completely,
communications
between iPod® and audio may
be interrupted.
• When adjusting the sound
effects of the iPod® and the
audio system, the sound effects
of both devices will overlap and
might reduce or distort the quality of the sound.
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer function of an iPod® when
adjusting the audio system’s volume, and turn off the equalizer
of the audio system when using
the equalizer of an iPod®.
• When not using iPod® with car
audio, detach the iPod® cable
from iPod®. Otherwise, iPod®
may remain in accessory mode,
and may not work properly.
4 137
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
Before Using the Bluetooth®
Handsfree
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is
required to use Bluetooth® wireless
technology.
What is Bluetooth® ?
• Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance wireless networking technology which uses a 2.4GHz ~
2.48GHz frequency to connect various devices within a certain distance.
• Supported within PCs, external
devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,
various electronic devices, and
automotive
environments,
Bluetooth® allows data to be transmitted at high speeds without having to use a connector cable.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a
device which allows the user to conveniently make phone calls with
Bluetooth® mobile phones through
the audio system.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
To learn more about mobile device
compatibility, visit www.kia.com.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
4 138
Precautions for Safe Driving
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
that enables drivers to practice safe
driving. Connecting the head unit
with a Bluetooth® phone allows the
user to conveniently make and
receive calls and use contacts.
Before using Bluetooth®, carefully
read the contents of this user’s
manual.
• Excessive use or operations while
driving may lead to negligent driving practices and result in accidents. Refrain from excessive operations while driving.
• Viewing the screen for prolonged
periods of time is dangerous and
may lead to accidents. When driving, view the screen only for short
periods of time.
Features of your vehicle
When connecting a Bluetooth®
Phone
• Before connecting the head unit
with the mobile phone, check to
see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth® features.
• Even if the phone supports
Bluetooth®, the phone will not be
found during device searches if
the phone has been set to hidden
state or the Bluetooth® power is
turned off. Disable the hidden
state or turn on the Bluetooth®
power prior to searching/connecting with the Head unit.
• Bluetooth phone is automatically
connected when the ignition on.
• If you do not want automatic connection with your Bluetooth®
device, turn off the Bluetooth®
feature within your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on
the mobile phone.
• Park the vehicle when connecting
the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Bluetooth®
connection
may
become intermittently disconnected in some mobile phones.
Follow these steps to try again.
1. Within the mobile phone, turn
the Bluetooth® function off/on
and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power
Off/On and try again.
3. Completely remove the mobile
phone battery, reboot, and then
again.
4. Reboot the audio system and
try again.
5. Delete all paired devices, pair
and try again.
• Handsfree call quality and volume
may differ depending on the
model of your mobile phone.
4 139
Features of your vehicle
Voice Recognition
• When using the voice recognition
feature, only commands listed
within the user's manual are supported.
• Be aware that during the operation
of the voice recognition system,
pressing any key other than the
key terminate voice recognition mode.
• For superior voice recognition performance, position the microphone
used for voice recognition above
the head of the driver’s seat and
maintain a proper position when
saying commands.
• Within the following situations,
voice recognition may not function
properly due to external sound.
- When the windows and sunroof
are open
- When the wind of the cooling /
heating device is strong
- When entering and passing
through tunnels
(Continued)
4 140
(Continued)
- When driving on rugged and
uneven roads
- During severe rain (heavy rains,
windstorms)
• Phone related voice commands
can be used only when a
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device is connected.
• When making calls by stating a
name, the corresponding contact
must be downloaded and stored
within the audio system.
• After downloading the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone book,
it takes some times to convert the
phone book data into voice information. During this time, voice
recognition may not properly operate.
• Pronounce the voice commands
naturally and clearly as if in a normal conversation.
Features of your vehicle
■ CD
Player : AM1A0SLKN, AM1A0SLAN,AM170SLAN
❋ No
logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
4 141
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS
AND FUNCTIONS
❈ Display and settings may differ
depending on the selected audio.
Audio Head Unit
(1)
(EJECT)
Ejects the disc.
4 142
(2) RADIO
Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUS XMTM
mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3.
❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up
screen will be displayed when
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
When the pop up screen is displayed, use the
TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the
desired mode.
(3) MEDIA
Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX,
My Music, BT Audio mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of CD,
USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT
Audio.
❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop
up screen will be displayed when
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
When the pop up screen is displayed, use the
TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the
desired mode.
(4) PHONE
Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected,
the connection screen is displayed.
(5) PWR/VOL knob
Power : Turns power On/Off by
pressing the knob
Volume : Sets volume by turning
the knob left/right
SEEK
(6) TRACK
Radio Mode : Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies.
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Moves to next or previous song
(file)
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the
current song.
BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
previous song(file)
❈ The Play/Pause feature may operate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
Features of your vehicle
❈ Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off.
In the screen Off state, press any
key to turn the screen On again.
(7) 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
Radio Mode: Saves frequencies
(channels) or receives saved frequencies (channels)
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode
- 1 RPT : Repeat
- 2 RDM : Random
In the Radio, Media, Setup, and
Menu pop up screen, the number
menu is selected.
(8) DISP
Each time the button is shortly
pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it sets
the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟
Screen Off
(9) SCAN
Radio Mode
- Shortly press the key : Previews
each broadcast for 5 seconds
each.
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8
seconds): Previews the broadcasts
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5
seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current
frequency.
❈ SAT Radio does not support the
Preset scan feature.
CD, USB, My Music mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8
seconds): Previews each song
(file) for 10 seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current
song (file).
(10) SETUP
CLOCK
Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
Clock, Phone, System setting modes
Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds) : Move to the Time setting
screen
(11) MENU
Displays menus for the current mode.
❈ iPod® List : Move to parent category
(12) TUNE knob
Radio mode : Changes frequency by
turning the knob left/right.
CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode:
Searches songs (files) by turning the
knob left/right.
❈ When the desired song is displayed,
press the knob to play the song.
Moves focus in all selection menus
and selects menus.
4 143
Features of your vehicle
(13) BACK
Go to previous depth(no previous
screen)
Audio Head Unit
(For NON BT model)
(14) MUTE
When the button is pressed, stops
sound and "Audio Mute" is displayed
on LCD.
CAT
(15) FOLDER
Radio Mode
- SIRIUS XMTM RADIO : Category
Search
MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search
(16) FM
Changes to FM mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode changed in order of FM1 ➟
FM2 ➟ FMA.
(17) AM
Changes to AM mode.
Each time the key is pressed, the
mode changed in order of AM ➟
AMA.
4 144
Features of your vehicle
SETUP
Mode Pop up
Display Settings
[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
• During On state, press the RADIO
or MEDIA key to display the mode
change pop up screen.
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Display]
through
TUNE knob or 1 key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
Text Scroll
[Text Scroll] Set On / Off
• On : Maintains scroll
• Off : Scrolls only one (1) time.
Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’
or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.
4 145
Features of your vehicle
SOUND SETTINGS
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Sound]
through
TUNE knob or 2 key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
Sound Settings
This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass,
Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and
Balance.
Select [Sound Settings] Select
menu through
TUNE knob Turn
TUNE knob left/right to set
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the
sound tone.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound
fader and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Back : While adjusting values,
pressing the
TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu.
Speed Dependent Volume Control
This feature is used to automatically
control the volume level according to
the speed of the vehicle.
Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
in 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of
TUNE knob
Voice Recognition Volume
Adjusts voice recognition volume.
Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
volume of
TUNE knob
4 146
Features of your vehicle
CLOCK SETTINGS
Clock Settings
This menu is used to set the time.
SETUP
Press the
key Select [Clock]
through
TUNE knob or 3 key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
CLOCK
Select [Clock Settings] Set through
TUNE knob Press
TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in
focus to make the settings and
press the tune knob to move to the
next setting. (Set in order of
Year/Month/Day)
Time Format
This function is used to set the
12/24 hour time format of the
audio system. Select [Time
Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr through
TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in
focus to set the [hour] and press
the tune knob to set the [minute].
Clock Display when Power is OFF
Calendar Settings
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set
On / Off through
TUNE knob
This menu is used to set the date
(MM/DD/YYYY).
Select [Calendar Settings] Set through
TUNE knob Press TUNE knob
On
: Displays time/date on screen
Off
: Turn off.
4 147
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM SETTINGS
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[System]
Select menu through
TUNE knob
Memory Information
Displays currently used memory and
total system memory.
Select [Memory Information] OK
The currently used memory is displayed on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side.
• Off : This mode is for expert users
and omits some information during
voice command operation. (When
using Expert mode, guidance
instructions can be heard through
the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language]
Set through
TUNE knob
Prompt Feedback
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes.
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set
through
TUNE knob
• On : This mode is for beginner
users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation.
4 148
❈ The system will reboot after the
language is changed.
❈ Language support by region
- English, Francais, Espanol
Features of your vehicle
RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUS
XMTM
SEEK
SEEK
Press the TRACK
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Automatically searches
for the next station.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): While holding the key
, frequency changes without stopping. When the key is released,
automatically searches for the next
frequency from that point.
Preset SEEK
Press the
~
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the frequency
saved in the corresponding key.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the currently playing
broadcast to the selected key and
sound a BEEP.
1
6
Selecting through manual
search
Turn the
TUNE knob left/right to
adjust the frequency.
• FM : Changes by 200KHz
• AM : Changes by 10KHz
SCAN
Press the SCAN key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): The broadcast frequency
increases and previews each
broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
scanning all frequencies, returns
and plays the current broadcast frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.
4 149
Features of your vehicle
MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.
A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through
TUNE knob or 1 key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.
4 150
Features of your vehicle
SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio information
Satellite Radio channels:
SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio has
over 140 channels, including 69
channels of 100% commercial-free
music, plus sports, news, talk and
entertainment available nationwide
in your vehicle. For more information
and a complete list of SIRIUS XMTM
Satellite Radio channels, visit sirius.com in the United States, siriuscanada.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS
XMTM at 1-866-528-7474.
Satellite Radio reception factors:
To receive the satellite signal, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
satellite radio antenna located on the
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof
provides the best location for an
unobstructed, open view of the sky, a
requirement of a satellite radio system. Like AM/FM, there are several
factors that can affect satellite radio
reception performance:
• Antenna obstructions: For optimal
reception performance, keep the
antenna clear of snow and ice
build-up and keep luggage and
other material as far away from the
antenna as possible.
• Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages,
dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your
reception.
SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio service:
SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts music, sports, news and
entertainment programming to radio
receivers, which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed,
as well as for the home, portable and
wireless devices, and through an Internet
connection on personal computer.
Vehicles that are equipped with a factory
installed SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio
system include:
• Hardware and an introductory trial
subscription term, which begins on
the date of sale or lease of the
vehicle.
• For a small upgrade fee, access to
SIRIUS XMTM music channels, and
other select channels over the
Internet using any computer connected to the Internet (U.S. customers only).
For information on extended subscription terms, contact SIRIUS
XMTM at 1-866-528-7474.
NOTE:
SiriusXM service requires a subscription, sold separately, after 3month trial included with vehicle
purchase. If you decide to continue your SiriusXM service at the
end of your trial subscription, the
plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then-current
rates until you call Sirius XM at 1866-528-7474 to cancel. See our
Customer Agreement for complete terms at www.siriusxm.com.
Programming subject to change.
Sirius satellite service is available
only to those at least 18 and older
in the 48 contiguous USA, D.C.,
and PR (with coverage limitations). Traffic information not
available in all markets. See siriusxm.com/traffic for details.
Sirius, XM and all related marks
and logos are trademarks of Sirius
XM Radio Inc.
4 151
Features of your vehicle
SIRIUS XMTM RADIO
Using SIRIUS XMTM Satellite
Radio
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3
month complimentary period of SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio so you have
access to over 140 channels of
music, information, and entertainment programming.
Activation
In order to extend or reactivate your
subscription to SIRIUS XMTM Satellite
Radio, you will need to contact SIRIUS XMTM Customer Care at 1-866528-7474. Have your 12 digit SID
(Sirius Identification Number) / ESN
(Electronic Serial Number) ready. To
retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the
radio, press the [RADIO] button, and
tune to channel zero.
4 152
Please note that the vehicle will need
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
have an unobstructed view of the sky
in order for the radio to receive the
activation signal.
SEEK
Press the
RADIO
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): select previous or next channel.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): continuously move to previous or next channel.
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
channels are changed within the current category.
SCAN
Press the
RADIO
key
SCAN
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Previews each broadcast for
5 seconds each
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current frequency
❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed,
channels are changed within the current category.
Category
Press the
through the
CAT
FOLDER
key Set
TUNE knob
• The display will indicate the category
menus, highlight the category that the
current channel belongs to.
• In the Category List Mode, press the
CAT
key to navigate category
FOLDER
list.
• Press the tune knob to select the lowest
channel in the highlighted category.
❈ If channel is selected by selecting category, then the “CATEGORY” icon is
displayed at the top of the screen.
Features of your vehicle
Preset
Press the
Tune
RADIO
key
1
~
6
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the frequency saved in
the corresponding key.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the current broadcast to
the selected key and sound a
BEEP.
✽ Troubleshooting
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the antenna or antenna cable is broken or
unplugged. Please consult with your
Kia dealership.
2. Acquiring Signal
If this message is displayed, it means
that the antenna is covered and that
the SIRIUS XMTM Satellite Radio signal is not available. Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view
of the sky.
• Rotate
TUNE knob : Changes
the channel number or scrolls category list.
• Press
menu.
TUNE knob : Selects the
Menu
Select category menu through the
TUNE knob Press the MENU key
Select [ Info] through the TUNE
knob or 1 RPT key
Info (Information)
Displays the Artist/Song info of the
current song.
4 153
Features of your vehicle
BASIC METHOD OF USE :
Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB /
iPod® / My Music
Press the MEDIA key to change the
mod mode in order of CD ➟
USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT
Audio.
The folder/file name is displayed on
the screen.
Repeat
<USB>
<My Music>
<Audio CD>
<CD MP3>
4 154
❈ The CD is automatically played
when a CD is inserted.
❈ The USB music is automatically
played when a USB is connected.
While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
• To repeat one song (press the key)
: Repeats the current song.
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
screen
• To repeat folder (pressing twice):
repeats all files within the current
folder.
❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
Random
While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
(RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
• Random (press the key) : Plays all
songs in random order.
Features of your vehicle
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on
screen
• Folder Random (press the key) :
Plays all files within the current folder in random order.
iPod® mode: ALL RDM on screen
• All Random (press the key) : Plays
all files in random order.
MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen
• All Random (pressing twice): Plays
all files in random order.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn
off random.
Changing Song/File
While
song (file) is playing
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
current song from the beginning.
SEEK
❈ If the
key is pressed
TRACK
again within 2 second, the previous song is played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.
SEEK
TRACK
While
song (file) is playing
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
next song.
• Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the
song.
SEEK
TRACK
Scan
While song (file) is playing SCAN
key
• Shortly pressing the key : Scans all
songs from the next song for 10
seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn
off.
❈ The SCAN function is not supported in iPod® mode.
Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
Mode
CAT
While file is playing
FOLDER
(Folder Up) key
• Searches the next folder.
CAT
While file is playing
FOLDER
(Folder Down) key
• Searches the parent folder.
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing
the
TUNE knob, the first file
within the selected folder will be
played.
❈ In iPod® mode, moves to the
Parent Folder.
Searching Songs (File)
• Turning
TUNE knob : Searches
for songs (files)
• Pressing
TUNE knob : Plays
selected song (file).
4 155
Features of your vehicle
MENU : Audio CD
Press the CD MP3 mode
to set the Repeat,
Information features.
key
Random,
MENU
Information
MENU : MP3 CD / USB
Press the
key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key
to set the Repeat, Folder Random,
Folder Repeat, All Random,
Information, and Copy features.
MENU
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT key
to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 156
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Features of your vehicle
Folder Random
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within the
current folder.
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.
Press the
key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 5
key to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Folder Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key to repeat songs within the current folder.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.
All Random
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
CD.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
MENU
Copy
Press the MENU key Set [
Copy] through the TUNE knob
or 6 key.
This is used to copy the current
song into My Music. You can play
the copied Music in My Music
mode.
❈ If another key is pressed while
copying is in progress, a pop up
asking you whether to cancel
copying is displayed.
❈ If another media is connected or
inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX)
while copying is in progress, copying is canceled.
❈ Music will not be played while
copying is in progress.
4 157
Features of your vehicle
MENU : iPod®
Information
In iPod mode, press the
key
to set the Repeat, Random,
Information and Search features.
®
MENU
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
Search
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 158
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the
TUNE knob or 4
key.
Displays iPod® category list.
❈ Searching iPod® category is
MENU key pressed, move to parent category.
Features of your vehicle
MENU : My Music Mode
Information
In My Music mode, press the MENU
key to set the Repeat, Random,
Information, Delete, Delete All, and
Delete Selection features.
Press the
key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key.
Displays information of the current
song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.
MENU
Delete
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key.
Repeats the currently playing song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat
off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the
TUNE knob or 4
key.
Deletes currently playing file
In the play screen, pressing delete
will delete the currently playing song.
Deletes file from list
➀ Select the file you wish to delete
by using the
TUNE knob.
➁ Press the MENU key and select
the delete menu to delete the
selected file.
Delete All
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Deletes all songs of My Music.
Delete Selection
Press the MENU key Set [
through the
TUNE knob
key.
Songs within My Music are
and deleted.
➀ Select the songs you
delete from the list.
Del.Sel]
or 6
selected
wish to
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM key.
Plays all songs in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.
4 159
Features of your vehicle
➁ After selecting, press MENU key
and select the delete menu.
AUX
AUX is used to play external MEDIA
currently connected with the AUX
terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start
when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.
My Music
• Even if memory is available, a
maximum of 6,000 songs can be
stored.
• The same song can be copied up
to 1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the
System menu of Setup.
❈ AUX mode cannot be started
unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.
AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.
4 160
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
AUDIO
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology?
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows
devices to be connected in a short distance, including hands-free devices,
stereo headsets, wireless remote controllers, etc. For more information, visit the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology website at
www.Bluetooth.com
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio may not be supported depending on the compatibility of your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and
any use of such marks by Kia is
under license. Other trademarks
and trade names are those of their
respective owners. A Bluetooth®
enabled cell phone is required to
use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio can be used only when the
[Audio Streaming] of Phone is turned
On .
❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio Streaming : Press the SETUP
CLOCK
key Select [Phone] Select
[Audio Streaming] through the
TUNE knob Set On / Off
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
4 161
Features of your vehicle
Starting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Audio
Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Press the MEDIA key to change the
mode
in
order
of
CD➟USB➟AUX➟My Music➟BT
Audio.
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio will start
playing.
❈ Audio may not automatically start
playing in some mobile phones.
• Play / Stop
Press the
TUNE knob to play and
pause the current song.
❈ The title / artist info may not be
supported in some mobile phone.
When it is not supported, no title /
no artist will be displayed.
• Previous / Next song
SEEK
SEEK
Press TRACK
or TRACK
to play
previous or next song.
❈ The previous song / next song /
play / pause functions may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
4 162
Features of your vehicle
PHONE
Making a call using the Steeringwheel mounted controls
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone features
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone, you must first
pair and connect the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• If the mobile phone is not paired or
connected, it is not possible to
enter Phone mode. Once a phone
is paired or connected, the guidance screen will be displayed.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle ignition (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected. Even if
you are outside, the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected once you
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If
you do not want automatic
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone
connection,
set
the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
power to OFF
(1) MUTE button : Mute the microphone during a call.
(2) VOLUME button : Raises or lowers speaker volume.
(3)
button : Places and transfers
calls.
(4)
button : Ends calls or cancels
functions.
(5)
button : Activates voice recognition.
• Check call history and making call
➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
the
key on the steering
remote controller.
➁ The call history list will be displayed on the screen.
➂ Press the
key again to connect a call to the selected number.
• Redialing the most recently called
number
➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
the
key on the steering
remote controller.
➁ The most recently called number
is redialed.
4 163
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Device
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Pairing?
Pairing refers to the process of synchronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone or device with the
car audio system for connection.
Pairing is necessary to connect and
use the Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology feature.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
4 164
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
Pairing PHONE Key /
Key
on the Steering Remote
Controller
When No Devices have been
Paired
1.Press the PHONE key or the
key on the steering remote controller.
The following screen is displayed.
2.Select [OK] button to enter the Pair
Phone screen.
1)Car Name : Name of device as
shown when searching from your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair
the device
[Non SSP supported device]
(SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
entered. Enter the passkey “0000”
to pair your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device with the car
audio system.
[SSP supported device]
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed 6 digits passkey.
Check the passkey on your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device and confirm.
3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.
5. Once pairing is complete, the following screen is displayed.
4 165
Features of your vehicle
Some phones (i.e., iPhone, Android
and Blackberry phones) may offer an
option to allow acceptance of all
future Bluetooth connection requests
by
default."
and
"Visit
http://www.kia.com/us/#/bluetooth for
additional information on pairing your
Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone,
and to view a phone compatibility list.
• If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices are paired but none are
currently connected, pressing the
PHONE key or the
key on the
steering wheel displays the following screen. Select [Pair] button to
pair a new device or select
[Connect] to connect a previously
paired device.
4 166
Features of your vehicle
Pairing through [PHONE]
Setup
SETUP
Press the CLOCK
key
Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]
Select TUNE knob
1. The following steps are the same
as those described in the section
"When No Devices have been
Paired" on the previous page.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
features supported within the vehicle are as follows. Some features
may not be supported depending
on your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device.
- Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree
calls
- Operations during a call (Switch
to Private, Switch to call waiting,
MIC on/off)
- Downloading Call History
- Downloading Mobile Contacts
- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device auto connection
- Bluetooth Audio Streaming
• Up to five Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices can be paired
to the Car Handsfree system.
• Only one Bluetooth® device can be
connected at a time.
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device can be connected at a time.
• Other devices cannot be paired
while a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is connected.
• Only
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology
Handsfree
and
Bluetooth audio related features
are supported.
• Bluetooth related operations are
possible only within devices that
support Handsfree or audio features, such as a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone
or a Bluetooth audio device.
• If a connected Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device becomes disconnected due to being out of communication range, turning the
device OFF, or a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology communication error, corresponding Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices are
automatically searched and reconnected.
• If the system becomes unstable
due to communication errors
between the car Handsfree and the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device, reset the device by turning
off and back on again. Upon resetting
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology device, the system will
be restored.
4 167
Features of your vehicle
• After pairing is complete, a contacts download request is sent
once to the mobile phone. Some
mobile phones may require confirmation upon receiving a download
request, ensure your mobile phone
accepts the connection. Refer to
your phones user’s manual for
additional information regarding
phone pairing and connections.
Connecting a Device
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
1) Connected Phone : Device that is
currently connected
2) Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected
4 168
From the paired phone list, select the
device you want to connect and
select [Connect].
Features of your vehicle
Changing Priority
What is Priority?
It is possible to pair up to five
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.
From the paired phone list, select
the phone you want to switch to the
highest priority, then select [Change
Priority] button from the Menu. The
selected device will be changed to
the highest priority.
• Priority icon will be displayed when
the selected phone is set as a priority phone.
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
4 169
Features of your vehicle
Disconnecting a Device
SETUP
Deleting a Device
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and
select [Disconnect] button.
From the paired phone list, select the
device you want to delete and select
[Delete] button.
4 170
• When deleting the currently connected device, the device will automatically be disconnected to proceed with the deleting process.
• If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
device’s call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.
Features of your vehicle
USING Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
Phone Menu Screen
Phone Menus
With a Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology device connected, press
the PHONE key to display the Phone
menu screen.
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used
contacts saved for easy access.
2) Call History : Displays the call history list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.
• If you select the [Call History] button but there is no call history data,
a prompt is displayed which asks to
download call history data.
• If you select the [Contacts] button
but there is no contacts data
stored, a prompt is displayed which
asks to download contacts data.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones. For more
information on download support,
refer to your mobile phone user’s
manual.
Answering Calls
Answering a Call
Answering a call with a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device connected will display the following screen.
To accept the call, press
key on
the steering wheel while the call is
incoming.
1) Caller : Displays caller's name
when the incoming caller is saved
within your contacts
2) Incoming Number : Displays the
incoming number
4 171
Features of your vehicle
• When an incoming call pop-up is
displayed, most Audio and SETUP
mode features are disabled. Only
the call volume will operate.
• The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.
• When a call is answered with the
mobile phone, the call mode will
automatically revert to Private
mode.
Favorites
Press the
[Favorites]
Call History
PHONE
key
Select
1) Saved favorite contact : Connects
call upon selection
2) To add favorite : Downloaded contacts be saved as favorite.
• To save Favorite, contacts should
be downloaded.
• Contact saved in Favorites will not
be automatically updated if the
contact has been updated in the
phone. To update Favorites, delete
the Favorite and create a new
Favorite.
Press the
History]
PHONE
key
Select [Call
A list of incoming, outgoing and
missed calls is displayed.
• Call history may not be saved in the call
history list in some mobile phones.
• Calls received with hidden caller ID will
not be saved in the call history list.
• Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call history stored
or a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone is not connected.
• Up to 20 received, dialed and missed
calls are stored in Call History.
• Time of received/dialed calls and call
time information are not stored in Call
History.
4 172
Features of your vehicle
Contacts
Press the
[Contacts]
PHONE
key Select
The list of saved phone book entries
is displayed.
NOTE:
Find a contact in an alphabetical
order, press the MENU key.
• Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone can be downloaded into the
car contacts. Contacts that have
been downloaded to the car cannot
be edited or deleted on the phone.
• Mobile phone contacts are managed separately for each paired
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 contacts each). Previously downloaded
data is maintained even if the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device has been disconnected.
(However, the contacts and call history saved to the phone will be
deleted if a paired phone is deleted.)
• It is possible to download contacts
during Bluetooth streaming audio.
• When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the status bar.
• It is not possible to begin downloading a contact list when the contact download feature has been
turned off within the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device. In
addition, some devices may require
device authorization upon attempting to download contacts. If downloading does not normally occur,
check the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device settings or the
screen state.
• The contacts download feature may
not be supported in some mobile
phones. For more information of
supported Bluetooth® devices and
function support, refer to your
phone’s user manual.
4 173
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Setting
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
4 174
Pairing a New Device
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone]
Viewing Paired Phone List
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices can be paired with the audio
system.
For more information, refer to the
“Pairing through Phone Setup” section within Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
This feature is used to view mobile
phones that have been paired with
the audio system. Upon selecting a
paired phone, the setup menu is displayed.
For more information, refer to the
“Setting Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology Connection” section
within
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology.
Features of your vehicle
1) Connect/Disconnect Phone :
Connect/ disconnects currently
selected phone
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
selected phone to highest connection priority
3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen
• To learn more about whether your
mobile phone supports contacts
downloads, refer to your mobile
phone user’s manual.
• The contacts for only the connected
phone can be downloaded
Downloading Contacts
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Contacts Download]
Auto Download (Contacts)
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Auto Download]
As the contacts are downloaded
from the mobile phone, a download
progress bar is displayed.
This feature is used to automatically
download mobile contacts entries
Wireless
once a Bluetooth®
Technology phone is connected.
• Upon downloading phone contacts,
the previous corresponding data is
deleted.
• This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
• Voice Recognition may not operate
while contacts are being downloaded.
✽ NOTICE
• The Auto Download feature will
download mobile contacts entries
every time the phone is connected.
The download time may differ
depending on the number of saved
contacts entries and the communication state.
• Before downloading contacts, first
check to see that your mobile
phone supports the contacts
download feature.
4 175
Features of your vehicle
Audio Streaming
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Audio Streaming]
Outgoing Volume
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select
[Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]
|When Audio Streaming is turned on,
you can play music files saved in
Bluetooth®
Wireless
your
Technology device through the audio
system.
Use
TUNE knob to adjust the
outgoing volume level.
Turning Bluetooth System Off
SETUP
Press
the CLOCK
key Select
[Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.
• While on a call, the volume can be
SEEK
changed by using the
TRACK
key.
• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless
SETUP
Technology back on, go to CLOCK
[Phone] and select “Yes”.
4 176
Features of your vehicle
VOICE RECOGNITION
Using Voice Recognition
Starting Voice Recognition
Shortly press the
key on the
steering wheel. Say a command
If prompt feedback is in [ON], then
the system will say “Please say a
command after the beep (BEEP)”
• If prompt feedback is in [OFF]
mode, then the system will only say
“(BEEP)”
• To change Prompt Feedback
[On]/[Off], go to SETUP
[System]
CLOCK
[Prompt Feedback]
• For proper recognition, say the
command after the voice instruction and beep tone.
Contact List Best Practices
1)Do not store single-name entries
(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, “Kim”, etc.).
Instead, always use full names
(including first and last names) for
all contacts (e.g., use “Jacob
Stevenson” instead of “Dad”).
2)Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
“Lieutenant” instead of “Lt.” or
“Sergeant” instead of “Sgt.”).
3)Do not use acronyms (i.e., use
“County Finance Department”
instead of “CFD”).
4)Do not use special characters
(e.g., “@”, “hyphen -“, “asterisk *”,
ampersand &”).
5)If a name is not recognized from
the contact list, change it to a more
descriptive name (e.g., use
“Grandpa Joseph” instead of “Pa
Joe”).
4 177
Features of your vehicle
Skipping Prompt Messages
While prompt message is being stated Shortly press the
key on the
steering remote controller
The prompt message is immediately
ended and the beep tone will sound.
After the “beep”, say the voice command.
Re-starting Voice Recognition
While system waits for a command
Shortly press the
key on the
steering remote controller
The command wait state is immediately ended and the beep ton will
sound. After the “beep”, say the voice
command.
4 178
ENDING VOICE
RECOGNITION
While Voice Recognition is operating
Press and hold the
key on the
steering remote controller
• While using voice command, pressing any steering wheel control or a
different key will end voice command.
• When the system is waiting for a
voice command, say “cancel” or
“end” to end voice command.
• When the system is waiting for a
voice command, press and hold the
key on the steering wheel to
end voice command.
Voice Recognition and Phone
Contact Tips:
The Kia Voice Recognition System
may have difficulty understanding
some accents or uncommon
names.
When
using
Voice
Recognition to place a call, speak in
a moderate tone, with clear pronunciation
To maximize the use of Voice
Recognition, consider these guidelines when storing contacts:
• Do not store single-name entries
(e.g., “Bob”, “Mom”, etc.). Instead,
always use full names (including
first and last names) for these contacts
• Do not use special characters (e.g.,
'@', '-', '*', '&', etc.)
• Do not use abbreviations (i.e., use
"Lieutenant" instead of "Lt.") or
acronyms (i.e., use "County
Finance Department" instead of
"C. F. D."; Be sure to say the name
exactly as it is entered in the contacts list
Features of your vehicle
Illustration on using voice commands
• Starting Voice Recognition.
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds):
Please say a command after
the beep (BEEP)
Beep~
More Help
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Additionally, there are phone commands like
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
• Skipping Prompt Messages.
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds):
Please say a...
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Additionally, there are phone commands like
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
• Ending Voice Recognition.
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds):
(BEEP)
Contacts
Contacts.
Please say the name of the contact you want
to call.
Cancel
while guidance message is being stated
Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds)
(BEEP)
Beep Beep.. (end beep)
More Help
4 179
Features of your vehicle
Voice Command List
• Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command
More Help
Help
Call<Name>
Phone
Favorites
Call History
Contacts
Dial Number
Redial
Tutorial
4 180
Function
Provides guidance on commands that can be
used anywhere in the system.
Provides guidance on commands that can be
used within the current mode.
Calls <Name> saved in Contacts
Ex) Call “John Smith”
Provides guidance on Phone related commands. After saying this command, say
“Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial
Number” execute corresponding functions.
Display the Favorite screen.
Displays the Call History screen.
Displays the Contacts screen. After saying
this command, say the name of a contact
saved in the Contacts to automatically connect the call.
Display the Dial number screen. After saying
this command, you can say the number that
you want to call.
Connects the most recently called number.
Provide guidance on how to use voice
recognition and Bluetooth® connections
Command
Function
• When listening to the radio, displays the next
Radio
FM1(FM One)
FM2(FM Two)
AM
FM Preset 1~6
AM Preset 1~6
FM 87.5~107.9
AM 530~1710
radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟
SAT2➟SAT3➟FM1)
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played radio screen.
• When currently listening to the FM radio,
maintains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played FM screen.
Displays the FM1 screen.
Displays the FM2 screen.
Displays the AM screen.
Plays the most recently played broadcast
saved in FM Preset 1~6.
Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6.
Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding
frequency.
Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding
frequency.
• When currently listening to the SIRIUS
XMTM, maintains the current state.
• When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SIRIUS XMTM
screen.
Features of your vehicle
Command
SIRIUS XMTM
(Satellite) 1~3
Function
Displays the selected SIRIUS XMTM screen.
SIRIUS XMTM
Channel 0~223
Plays the selected SIRIUS XMTM channel.
Media
Moves to the most recently played media
screen.
Plays the music saved in the CD.
Plays USB music.
Plays iPod® music.
CD
USB
iPod®
Command
Function
My Music
Plays the music saved in My Music.
AUX (Auxiliary)
Plays the connected external device.
®
Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth®
device.
Please repeat
Repeats the most recent comment.
Mute
Mutes the sound.
Cancel (Exit)
Ends voice command.
4 181
Features of your vehicle
• FM/AM radio commands: Commands available during
FM, AM radio operation.
Command
Preset 1~6
Scan
Preset Scan
Information
4 182
Function
Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6.
Scans receivable frequencies from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Moves to the next preset from the current
present and plays for 10 seconds each.
Displays the information of the current broadcast.(This feature can be used when receiving
RBDS broadcasts.)
• Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be
used while listening to Satellite Radio.
Command
Channel 0~223
Scan
Preset 1~6
Information
Function
Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
Displays the information of the current broadcast.
Features of your vehicle
• Audio CD commands: Commands available during
Audio CD operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
Track 1~30
Function
Randomly plays the tracks within the CD.
Cancels random play to play tracks in sequential order.
Repeats the current track.
Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequential order.
Plays the desired track number.
• MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands available during USB and MP3 CD operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
Information
Next Folder
Previous Folder
Function
Randomly plays the files within the current
folder.
Cancels random play to play files in sequential
order.
Repeats the current file.
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
order.
Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Play the first file in the next folder.
Play the first file in the previous folder.
4 183
Features of your vehicle
• iPod® Commands: Commands available during iPod®
operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
4 184
Function
Randomly plays the songs within the current
category.
Cancels random play to play songs in sequential order.
Repeats the current song.
Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequential order.
• My Music Commands: Commands available during
My Music operation.
Command
Random
Random Off
Repeat
Repeat Off
Delete
Function
Randomly plays all saved files.
Cancels random play to play files in sequential
order.
Repeats the current file.
Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
order.
Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.
Features of your vehicle
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands:
Commands available during Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio streaming from mobile phone operation Command Operation
Command
Play
Pause
Function
Plays the currently paused song.
Pauses the current song.
iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod®
mobile digital device sold separately. The
Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by Kia is under license. A
Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® wireless technology. SiriusXM™ service
requires a subscription, sold separately, after 3month trial included with vehicle purchase. If you
decide to continue your SiriusXM™ service at the
end of the trial subscription, the plan you choose
will automatically renew and bill at the current rates
until you call SiriusXM™ at 1-866-528-7474 to cancel. See our Customer Agreement for complete
terms at www.siriusxm.com. Sirius satellite service
is available only to those at least 18 and older in the
48 contiguous United States, D.C., and P.R. (with
coverage limitations). SiriusXM™ Traffic available
in select markets. See siriusxm.com/traffic for more
information. Sirius, XM and all related marks and
logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc.
4 185
Driving your vehicle
Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-8
• ENGINE START/STOP button position . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Four wheel drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• Electronic stability control (ESC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Downhill brake control (DBC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Active ECO system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
• Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
• Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!
Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side
of the car, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 2
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
E020100AUN
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
E020200AUN
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in section 7,
“Maintenance”.
E020300AHM
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control, that may lead to an accident, severe personal injury,
and death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be
used during operation of the
vehicle.
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING
All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle
is moving. Refer to “Seat belts”
in section 3 for more information on their proper use.
5 3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
putting a car into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
5 4
WARNING - Driving
under the influence of
alcohol or drugs
Drinking and driving is dangerous. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Driving
while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous or more
dangerous than driving drunk.
You are much more likely to
have a serious accident if you
drink or take drugs and drive.
If you are drinking or taking
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or
call a cab.
WARNING
• When you intend to park or
stop the vehicle with the
engine on, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal
for a long period of time. It
may overheat the engine or
exhaust system and ignite a
fire.
• When you make a sudden
stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Keep
all things in the vehicle safely
stored.
• If you do not focus on driving,
it may cause an accident. Be
careful when operating what
may disturb driving such as
audio or heater. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely.
Driving your vehicle
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)
E030202AHM
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
✽ NOTICE
OSL050001
OXM059029N
Illuminated ignition switch
(if equipped)
Ignition switch position
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your
convenience, provided the ignition
switch is not in the ON position. The
light will go off immediately when the
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft (if equipped). The ignition key can be removed only in the
LOCK position. When turning the
ignition switch to the LOCK position,
push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the
LOCK position.
E030201AUN
If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension.
E030203AUN
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after the
engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
battery discharge.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
E030204APB
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position. The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
E030205AHM
WARNING - Ignition
switch
• Never turn the ignition switch
to LOCK or ACC while the
vehicle is moving. This would
result in loss of directional
control and braking function,
which could cause an accident.
(Continued)
5 6
(Continued)
• The anti-theft steering column
lock is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving
the driver’s seat, always make
sure the shift lever is engaged
in 1st gear for the manual
transaxle or P (Park) for automatic transaxle, set the parking brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions are not taken.
• Never reach for the ignition
switch, or any other controls
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control, an
accident and serious bodily
injury or death.
• Do not place any movable
objects around the driver’s
seat as they may move while
driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident.
E040100AUN
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots,etc.) may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedal,
and the clutch (if equipped).
Driving your vehicle
1.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2.Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the
clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position. The
starter will not operate if the clutch
pedal is not fully depressed.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3.Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while you are
in motion, do not attempt to
move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position. If traffic and
road conditions permit, you may
put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and turn
the ignition switch to the START
position in an attempt to restart
the engine.
CAUTION
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before reengaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage
it.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
OFF
Not illuminated
OSL050004
Illuminated ENGINE
START/STOP button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ENGINE START/STOP button
will illuminate for your convenience.
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. It
will also go off immediately when the
theft-alarm system is armed.
5 8
• With automatic transaxle
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position),
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position. When
you
press
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position but to
the ACC position.
CAUTION
You are able to turn off the
engine (START/RUN) or vehicle
power (ON), only when the vehicle is not in motion. In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the
ACC position by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button for
more than 2 seconds or 3 times
successively within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing
the
ENGINE
START/STOP button with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral)
position.
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
ON
Orange indicator
• With automatic transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the OFF position
without depressing the brake pedal.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC position for more than
1 hour, the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
START/RUN
Green indicator
• With automatic transaxle
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge,
because the engine is not running.
Not illuminated
• With automatic transaxle
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position. For your safety,
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
✽ NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button without
depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles, the engine
will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as follow:
OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
5 9
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON
position for a long time, the battery
will discharge.
WARNING
• Never press the ENGINE
START/STOP button while the
vehicle is in motion except in
an emergency. If the engine
stops while the vehicle is in
motion, this would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is engaged in P
(Park), set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if
these precautions are not
taken.
(Continued)
5 10
(Continued)
• Never reach for the ENGINE
START/STOP button or any
other controls through the
steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. The presence
of your hand or arm in the
area could cause loss of vehicle control, an accident and
serious bodily injury or death.
• Do not place any movable
objects around the driver's
seat as they may move while
driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident.
E040300AHM-EU
Starting the engine with a
smart key (if equipped)
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied
3.Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while depressing the brake
pedal.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
Driving your vehicle
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC position or
above, if any door is opened, the
system checks for the smart key. If
the smart key is not in the vehicle,
the "KEY OUT" indicator will blink.
And if all doors are closed, the
chime will sound for 5 seconds.
The indicator or warning will turn
off while the vehicle is moving.
Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
Never allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the
vehicle touch the ENGINE
START/STOP button or related
parts.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the
vehicle is in motion, do not
attempt to move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position. If the
traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever
in the N (Neutral) position while
the vehicle is still moving and
press the ENGINE START/STOP
button in an attempt to restart
the engine.
5 11
Driving your vehicle
OXM052002
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button with
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly. When
you press the engine start/stop
button directly with the smart key,
the smart key should contact the
button at a right angle.
(Continued)
5 12
(Continued)
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new
one. If it is not possible, you can
start the engine by pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button
for 10 seconds while it is in the
ACC position. The engine can
start without depressing the brake
pedal. But for your safety always
depress the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
CAUTION
Do not press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button for more
than 10 seconds except when
the stop lamp fuse is blown.
Driving your vehicle
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
E050100BUN-C1
Manual transaxle operation
The shift lever can be moved without pulling
the R knob (1).
The R knob (1) must be pulled up while
moving the shift lever.
OSL050008L
E050000AUN
The manual transaxle has 6 forward
gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the
shift knob. The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so
shifting to either a higher or a lower
gear is easily accomplished.
Press the clutch pedal down fully
while shifting, then release it slowly.
If your vehicle is equipped with an
ignition lock switch, the engine will
not start when starting the engine
without depressing the clutch pedal.
(if equipped)
The gearshift lever must be returned
to the neutral position before shifting
into R (Reverse).
The ring (1) located immediately
below the shift knob must be pulled
upward while moving the shift lever
to the R position. (if equipped)
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R
(Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
CAUTION
• When downshifting from fifth
gear to fourth gear, caution
should be taken not to inadvertently press the gear shift
lever sideways in such a manner that second gear is
engaged. Such a drastic
downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to
the point that the tachometer
will enter the red-zone. Such
over-revving of the engine
may possibly cause engine
damage.
• Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear
when the engine is running at
high speed (5,000 RPM or
higher). Such a downshifting
may damage the engine.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
• During cold weather, shifting may
be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up. This is normal and not harmful to the
transaxle.
• If you've come to a complete stop
and it's hard to shift into 1st or R
(Reverse), put the shift lever in N
(Neutral) position and release the
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
down, and then shift into 1st or R
(Reverse) gear position.
CAUTION
• To avoid premature clutch
wear and damage, do not
drive with your foot resting on
the clutch pedal. Also, don’t
use the clutch to hold the
vehicle stopped on an uphill
grade, while waiting for a traffic light, etc.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as
this can result in premature
wear of the transaxle shift
forks.
5 14
E050101AUN
WARNING
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always set the parking
brake fully and shut the
engine off. Then make sure
the transaxle is shifted into
1st gear when the vehicle is
parked on a level or uphill
grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill
grade. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed in the order identified.
• If your vehicle has a manual
transaxle not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, it may
move and cause a serious
accident when starting the
engine without depressing
the clutch pedal while the
parking brake is released and
the shift lever not in the N
(neutral) position.
Using the clutch
The clutch should be pressed all the
way to the floor before shifting, then
released slowly. The clutch pedal
should always be fully released while
driving. Do not rest your foot on the
clutch pedal while driving. This can
cause unnecessary wear. Do not
partially engage the clutch to hold
the car on an incline. This causes
unnecessary wear. Use the foot
brake or parking brake to hold the
car on an incline. Do not operate the
clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
E050102AUN
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or while driving up steep hills,
downshift before the engine starts to
labor. Downshifting reduces the
chance of stalling and gives better
acceleration when you again need to
increase your speed. When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills,
downshifting helps maintain safe
speed and prolongs brake life.
Driving your vehicle
E050200AUN-C1
Good driving practices
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This is
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When you
do this, engine braking will help
slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. This will help avoid
over-revving the engine, which can
cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into reverse. The transaxle can be
damaged if you do not. To shift into
reverse, depress the clutch, move
the shift lever to neutral, then shift
to the reverse position.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
the vehicle to go out of control.
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than
a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
oversteers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
E060100AAM-EU
Automatic transaxle operation
Shift lever
Button
The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
+ (UP)
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
- (DOWN)
To shift, depress the brake pedal and press the button when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Press the button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
E060000AAM-EU
5 16
OSL050009L
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse
gear.
WARNING - Automatic
transaxle
• Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting the shift lever
into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position; then set the parking
brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed in the order
identified.
E060101AAM
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to your
transaxle, do not accelerate
the engine in R (Reverse) or
any forward gear position with
the brakes on.
• When stopped on an incline,
do not hold the vehicle with
the engine power. Use the
service brake or the parking
brake.
• Do not shift from N (Neutral)
or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
Transaxle ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transaxle and prevents the drive wheels from rotating.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause
the drive wheels to lock which
will cause you to lose control
of the vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking
brake. Always make sure the
shift lever is latched in the P
(Park) position and set the
parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
The transaxle may be damaged
if you shift into P (Park) while
the vehicle is in motion.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the vehicle” explained in this
section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower
gear.
✽ NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
5 18
Sports
mode
OSL050011
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
Driving your vehicle
In sports mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transaxle, the
sports mode allows gearshifts with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
✽ NOTICE
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care
to keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P
(Park) position as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into
the +(up) position. This causes the
transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear
which is better for smooth driving
on a slippery road. Push the shift
lever to the -(down) side to shift
back to the 1st gear.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transaxle has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transaxle
from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3.Depress the lock release button
and move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise near the shift lever
may be heard. It is a normal condition.
5 20
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
OSL053010L
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following:
1.Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3.Depress the lock release button (2)
and move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
Driving your vehicle
E060103AHM
E060200AAM
Ignition key interlock system
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position. Even if the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position, the
key also cannot be removed.
If your vehicle is equipped with
ENGINE START/STOP button, the
button will not change to the OFF
position unless the shift lever is in the
P (Park) position.
Good driving practices
• Never move the gear shift lever
from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any
other position with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
• Never move the gear shift lever into
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the car in gear when moving.
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When you
do this, engine braking will help
slow down the car.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the
transaxle in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
E060203AUN
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than
a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
oversteers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 22
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and
backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects
are anywhere near the vehicle.
During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move
forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
injury or damage to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on
a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards.
Shifting the shift lever into 2
(Second Gear) will help prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards.
Driving your vehicle
FOUR WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Engine power can be delivered to all
front and rear wheels for maximum
traction. 4WD is useful when extra
traction is required on road, such as,
when driving on slippery, muddy,
wet, or snow-covered roads. These
vehicles are not designed for challenging off-road use. Occasional offroad use such as established
unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is
always important when traveling offhighway that the driver carefully
reduces the speed to a level that
does not exceed the safe operating
speed for those conditions. In general, off-road conditions provide less
traction and braking effectiveness
than normal road conditions. The
driver must be especially alert to
avoid driving on slopes which tilt the
vehicle to either side.
These factors must be carefully considered when driving off-road.
Keeping the vehicle in contact with
the driving surface and under control
in these conditions is always the driver's responsibility for the safety of
him/herself and his or her passengers.
WARNING - Off road
driving
This vehicle is designed primarily for on road use although it
can operate effectively off road.
However, it was not designed to
drive in challenging off-road
conditions. Driving in conditions that exceed the vehicle's
intended design or the driver's
experience level may result in
severe injury or death.
WARNING
If the 4WD system warning light
( ) illuminates, this indicates
that there is a malfunction in the
4WD system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Tight corner brake effect
CAUTION - 4WD
When turning sharply on a
paved road at low speed while
in four-wheel drive, steering
control will be difficult.
Tight corner brake effect is a unique
characteristic of four-wheel drive
vehicles caused by the difference in
tire rotation at the four wheels and
the zero-degree alignment of the
front wheels and suspension.
Sharp turns at low speeds should be
carried out with caution.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) transfer mode selection
Transfer mode
Selection button
Indicator light
4WD AUTO
(4WD LOCK is
deactivated)
(Indicator light is
not illuminated)
4WD LOCK
(Indicator light is
illuminated)
Description
• When driving in 4WD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating
conditions. However, if the system determines that there is a
need for the 4WD mode, the engine’s driving power is distributed to all four wheels automatically without driver intervention.
• When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehicle
moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.
• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,
off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., to
maximize traction.
• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds
above 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to 4WD AUTO mode
at speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle decelerates
to speeds below approximate 40 km/h (25 mph), however,
the transfer mode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again.
✽ NOTICE
• When driving on normal roads, deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the 4WD LOCK button (the indicator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with 4WD LOCK mode (especially, when cornering) may cause
mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated.
Some parts of the power train may be damaged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration.
• When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the
front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
5 24
Driving your vehicle
For safe four-wheel drive operation
WARNING - Four-wheel
driving
The conditions of on-road or
off-road that demand fourwheel drive mean all functions
of your vehicle are exposed to
extreme stress than under normal road conditions. Slow down
and be ready for changes in the
composition and traction of the
surface under your tires. If you
have any doubt about the safety
of the conditions you are facing, stop and consider the best
way to proceed. Do not exceed
the ability of yourself or your
vehicle to operate safely.
• Do not try to drive in deep standing
water or mud since such conditions
can stall your engine and clog your
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down
steep hills since it requires extreme
skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
HILL1
• When you are driving up or down
hills drive as straight as possible.
Use extreme caution in going up or
down steep hills, since you may flip
your vehicle over depending on the
grade, terrain and water/mud conditions.
HILL2
WARNING - Hills
Driving across the contour of
steep hills can be extremely
dangerous. This danger can
come from slight changes in the
wheel angle which can destabilize the vehicle or, even if the
vehicle is maintaining stability
under power, it can lose that
stability if the vehicle stops its
forward motion. Your vehicle
may roll over without warning
and without time for you to correct a mistake that could cause
serious injury or death.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
• You must consciously take the
effort to learn how to corner in a
4WD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional 2WD
vehicles in choosing safe cornering
speed in 4WD mode. For starters,
you must drive more slowly in
4WD.
• Drive carefully off-road because
your vehicle may be damaged by
rocks or roots of trees. Become
familiar with the off-road conditions
where you are going to drive
before you begin driving.
• Always hold the steering wheel
firmly when you are driving offroad.
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
WARNING - Wind
danger
OXM059027N
WARNING - Steering
If you are driving in heavy wind,
the vehicle's higher center of
gravity decreases your steering
control capacity and requires
you to drive more slowly.
wheel
WARNING - 4WD
Reduce speed when you turn
corners. The center of gravity of
4WD vehicles is higher than
that of conventional 2WD vehicles, making them more likely to
roll over when you turn corners
too fast.
5 26
Do not grab the inside of the
steering wheel when you are
driving off-road. You may hurt
your arm by a sudden steering
maneuver or from steering
wheel rebound due to impact
with objects on the ground. You
could lose control of the steering wheel.
• If you need to drive in the water,
stop your vehicle, set your transfer
to the 4WD LOCK mode and drive
at less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Driving
through
water
Drive slowly. If you are driving
too fast in water, the water can
get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system, causing your vehicle to
suddenly stop. If this happens
and your vehicle is in a tilted
position, your vehicle may roll
over.
✽ NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water. Press
the brake pedal several times as
you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see “Maintenance under
severe usage conditions” in section
7). Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off-road use, especially cleaning the bottom of the vehicle.
• Since the driving torque is always
applied to the 4 wheels the performance of the 4WD vehicle is
greatly affected by the condition of
the tires. Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size
and type.
• A full time four wheel drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that
the vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
WARNING - 4WD driving
• Avoid high cornering speed.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at high speed.
• In a collision, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die compared to a person
wearing a seat belt.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
oversteers to re-enter the
roadway. In the event your
vehicle leaves the roadway, do
not steer sharply. Instead,
slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels
begins to spin in mud, snow,
etc. the vehicle can sometimes
be driven out by depressing the
accelerator pedal further; however avoid running the engine
continuously at high rpm
because doing so could damage the 4WD system.
WARNING - Jacked
vehicle
While the full-time 4WD vehicle
is being raised on a jack, never
start the engine or cause the
tires to rotate.
There is the danger that rotating
tires touching the ground could
cause the vehicle to go off the
jack and to jump forward.
5 28
• Full-time 4WD vehicles must be
tested on a special four wheel
chassis dynamometer.
✽ NOTICE
Never engage the parking brake
while performing these tests.
• A full-time 4WD vehicle should not
be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a
2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following:
Temporary free roller
Roll tester (speedometer)
OXM059025
1.Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2.Place the front wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. This
is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
• When lifting up the vehicle, do
not operate front and rear
wheel separately. All four
wheels should be operated.
• If you need to operate the
front wheel and rear wheel
when lifting up the vehicle,
you should release the parking brake.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
E070100AHM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
5 30
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear
and avoid continuous application of the brakes. Continuous
brake application will cause
the brakes to overheat and
could result in a temporary
loss of braking performance.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle’s ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, apply
them lightly while maintaining
a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal.
• Always, confirm the position
of the brake and accelerator
pedal before driving. If you
don’t check the position of the
accelerator and brake pedal
before driving, you may
depress
the
accelerator
instead of the brake pedal. It
may cause a serious accident.
Driving your vehicle
E070101AUN
E070102AHM
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes. You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
WARNING - Parking
brake
Applying the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving at
normal speeds can cause a
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.
CAUTION
WARNING - Brake wear
This brake wear warning sound
means your vehicle needs service. If you ignore this audible
warning, you will eventually
lose braking performance,
which could lead to a serious
accident.
CAUTION
• To avoid costly brake repairs,
do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads.
• Always replace the front or
rear brake pads as pairs.
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the
vehicle system and make
endanger driving safety.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
OSL050012
OLM059014
Parking brake
Applying the parking brake
Foot type
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then
depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
E070201AFD-SA
Hand type
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then without
pressing the release button in, pull
the parking brake lever up as far as
possible.
In addition it is recommended that
when parking the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear on
manual transaxle vehicles.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad and brake rotor wear.
5 32
OLM059015
Releasing the parking brake
Foot type
To release the parking brake,
depress the parking brake pedal a
second time while applying the foot
brake. The pedal will automatically
extend to the fully released position.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OSL050014
E070202AFD-U1
Hand type
To release the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and pull up the
parking brake lever slightly. Secondly
press the release button (1) and
lower the parking brake lever (2)
while holding the button.
• To prevent unintentional
movement when stopped and
leaving the vehicle, do not use
the shift lever instead of the
parking brake. Set the parking
brake AND make sure the shift
lever is securely positioned in
1st (First) gear or R (Reverse)
for
manual
transaxle
equipped vehicles and in P
(Park) for automatic transaxle
equipped vehicles.
• Never allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
W-75
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is necessary.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
5 34
E070300AHM-EU
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
WARNING
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent
accidents due to improper or
dangerous driving maneuvers.
Even though vehicle control is
improved during emergency
braking, always maintain a safe
distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during extreme road conditions.
The braking distance for vehicles equipped with an anti-lock
braking system (or Electronic
Stability Control System) may
be longer than for those without
it in the following road conditions.
During these conditions the
vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different
surface height.
The safety features of an ABS
(or ESC) equipped vehicle
should not be tested by high
speed driving or cornering. This
could endanger the safety of
yourself or others.
Driving your vehicle
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
as the situation allows the ABS to
control the force being delivered to
the brakes.
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
W-78
CAUTION
• If the ABS warning light is on
and stays on, you may have a
problem with the ABS. In this
case, however, your regular
brakes will work normally.
(Continued)
5 35
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• The ABS warning light will
stay on for approximately 3
seconds after the ignition
switch is ON. During that time,
the ABS will go through selfdiagnosis and the light will go
off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your
ABS. Contact an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible.
5 36
CAUTION
• When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an
icy road, and have operated
your brakes continuously, the
ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light
may illuminate. Pull your car
over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then
your ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
problem with the ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OSL050015
E070500AHM-EU
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle.
Never drive too fast according
to the road conditions or too
quickly
when
cornering.
Electronic stability control
(ESC) will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in
turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents. Only a safe and attentive
driver can prevent accidents by
avoiding maneuvers that cause
the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always
follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse
conditions. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can all affect
whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control. It is still your
responsibility to drive and corner at
reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ESC is active.
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is functioning properly.
5 37
Driving your vehicle
E070501AUN-EU
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned ON,
ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights
illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at
least half a second after turning the
ignition ON to turn ESC off. (ESC
OFF indicator will illuminate). To
turn the ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF indicator
light will go off).
• When starting the engine, you may
hear a slight ticking sound. This is
the ESC performing an automatic
system self-check and does not
indicate a problem.
5 38
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operating properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or slippery road,
pressing the accelerator
pedal may not cause the
engine rpm (revolutions
per minute) to increase.
E070502AUN-EU
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
To cancel ESC operation :
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button shortly
(ESC OFF indicator light illuminates).
At this state, the engine control function does not operate. In other words,
the traction control function does not
operate but only the brake control
function operates.
• State 2
Press the ESC OFF button for more
than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator
light illuminates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound. At this state, the
engine control function and brake control function does not operate. In other
words, the vehicle stability control
function does not operate any more.
If the ignition switch is placed to the
LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,
ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
engine, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
Driving your vehicle
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
E070503AAM-EU
Indicator light
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the indicator light illuminates,
then goes off if ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating and illuminates when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
E070504AAM-EU
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they
are the same size as your original tires.
WARNING
The Electronic Stability Control
system is only a driving aid; use
precautions for safe driving by
slowing down on curved,
snowy, or icy roads. Drive slowly and don’t attempt to accelerate whenever the ESC indicator
light is blinking, or when the
road surface is slippery.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC
turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
WARNING
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
5 39
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system operation.
5 40
Vehicle stability management
(VSM) (if equipped)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake
and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline
• Driving rearward
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument
cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
Driving your vehicle
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
✽ NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 15 km/h (9
mph) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 30 km/h (18
mph) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu road. The split-mu road
is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.
WARNING
• The
Vehicle
Stability
Management system is not a
substitute for safe driving
practices but a supplementary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to
activate according to the driver’s intention, even with
installed VSM. Always follow
all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving
inclement weather and on a
slippery road.
• Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the
VSM system to malfunction.
When replacing tires, make
sure they are the same size as
your original tires.
5 41
Driving your vehicle
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
(if equipped)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about 2
seconds. The brakes are released
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed or after about 2 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the transaxle shift lever is in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC is off but it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
OSL050016
WARNING
The HAC is activated only for
about 2 seconds, so when the
vehicle is starting off always
depress the accelerator pedal.
5 42
Downhill brake control (DBC)
(if equipped)
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
supports the driver driving down a
steep hill without the driver depressing the brake pedal. It slows down
the vehicle under 8 km/h (5mph) and
lets the driver concentrate on steering the vehicle.
DBC defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition is turned on.
The DBC can be turned on or off by
pushing the button.
Driving your vehicle
Mode
Indicator light
Description
Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under
40 km/h (25 mph). The DBC system will turn ON and
enter the standby mode.
Standby
illuminated
Activated
blinks
Temporarily
deactivated
illuminated
The system does not turn ON if the vehicle speed is
over 40 km/h (25 mph).
In the standby mode, if the vehicle speed is under 35
km/h (22 mph) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC
will activate automatically.
In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deactivate under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automatically activate again.
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:
OFF
• The DBC button is pressed again.
not
illuminated
• The vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (38 mph).
WARNING
✽ NOTICE
• The DBC does not turn ON in the
P (Park) position.
• The DBC may not activate if the
ESC (or BAS) is activated.
• Noise or vibration may occur from
the brakes when the DBC is activated.
• The rear stop light comes on when
the DBC is activated.
• In a very steep hill even though the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
depressed the DBC may not deactivate.
• Always turn OFF the DBC on normal roads. The DBC might activate from the standby mode when
abrupt corning or driving through
speed bumps.
• DBC may activate and cause the
engine to stop in vehicles with
manual transaxle if you drive in
3rd gear (or above) with DBC on.
Do not turn on DBC when driving
in 3rd gear (or above).
If the DBC red indicator light illuminates, the system has overheated
or something is wrong. The DBC will not activate. If the DBC red indicator light illuminates even though the DBC system has been cooled
enough have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
5 43
Driving your vehicle
E070600AAM
Good braking practices
WARNING
• Whenever you leave or park
your vehicle, always set the
parking brake as far as possible and shift the vehicle to 1st
(First) gear or R (Reverse) for
manual transaxle, or P (Park)
for automatic transaxle. If the
parking brake is not fully
engaged, the vehicle may
move inadvertently and injure
yourself and others.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
5 44
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
Driving your vehicle
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transaxle, don't let your
vehicle creep forward. To avoid
creeping forward, keep your foot
firmly on the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle). If
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn
the front wheels into the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
(manual transaxle) and block the
rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking
brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transaxle
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNING
CRUISE
SET
OSL010002N/Q
1.Cruise indicator
2.Cruise set indicator
E090000AAM-EU
The cruise control system allows you
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without pressing the
accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 40 km/h (25
mph).
5 46
• If the cruise control is left on
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated), the cruise control can be
switched on accidentally.
Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the cruise
control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system
only when traveling on open
highways in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control
when it may not be safe to
keep the vehicle at a constant
speed, for instance, driving in
heavy or varying traffic, or on
slippery (rainy, icy or snowcovered) or winding roads or
over 6% up-hill or down-hill
roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control system.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Be careful when driving
downhill using the cruise control system, which may
increase the vehicle speed.
CAUTION
During cruise-speed driving of a
manual transaxle vehicle, do not
shift into neutral without
depressing the clutch pedal,
since the engine will be overrevved. If this happens, depress
the clutch pedal or release the
cruise control ON-OFF switch.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• During normal cruise control
operation, when the SET switch is
activated or reactivated after
applying the brakes, the cruise
control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. The delay is
normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condition.
OSL050030L
E090100AUN-KM
To set cruise control speed:
1.Push the cruise ON-OFF button on
the steering wheel, to turn the system on. The CRUISE indicator light
in the instrument cluster will illuminate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 40 km/h
(25 mph).
OSL050031L
3.Push the - SET switch, and release
it at the desired speed. The SET
indicator light in the instrument
cluster will illuminate. Release the
accelerator at the same time. The
desired speed will automatically be
maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
5 47
Driving your vehicle
E090400AUN
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
OSL050032L
OSL050031L
E090200AAM-EU
E090300AAM-EU
To increase cruise control set
speed:
To decrease the cruising
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the RES + switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed
you want.
• Push the RES + switch and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 2.0 km/h
(1.2 mph) each time the RES +
switch is operated in this manner.
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the - SET switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will gradually slow
down. Release the switch at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the - SET switch and release
it immediately. The cruising speed
will decrease by 2.0 km/h (1.2
mph) each time the - SET switch is
operated in this manner.
5 48
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
Driving your vehicle
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, push the
RES + switch located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.
OSL050033L
OSL050032L
E090500AAM-EU
E090600AAM-EU
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 40
km/h (25 mph):
• Press the brake pedal.
• Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle.
• Push the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 20
km/h (12 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 40 km/h (25
mph).
If any method other than the cruise
ON-OFF switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the most recent set speed
will automatically resume when the
RES + switch is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).
5 49
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it will remain on until the Active
ECO button is pressed again.
Active ECO does not turn off when
the engine is restarted. To turn off
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the system will return to normal mode.
OSL050030L
E090700AUN-KM
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Push the cruise ON-OFF button
(the CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control operation, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the previous page.
5 50
OSL050017
Active ECO operation
Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling certain engine
and transaxle system operating
parameters. Fuel efficiency depends
on the driver's driving habit and road
condition.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
When Active ECO is activated:
• The acceleration may slightly be
reduced eventhough you depress
the accelerator fully.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transaxle may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when the active eco system is activated to improve fuel efficiency.
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low: The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill: The system
will be limited to gain power when
driving uphill because the engine
torque is restricted.
• When using sports mode: The system will be limited according to the
shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply depressed for a few seconds: The system will be limited,
judging that the driver wants to
speed up.
E100000AHM-EU
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many kilometers (miles) you can get
from a liter (gallon) of fuel. To operate
your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
5 51
Driving your vehicle
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
section 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle. This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
5 52
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warmup period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off
during
motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running. Instead,
keep the engine on and downshift to an appropriate gear for
engine braking effect. In addition, turning off the ignition
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in
loss of vehicle steering which
could cause serious injury or
death.
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
E110100AHM
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
WARNING - ABS
Do not pump the brake pedal on
a vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING Downshifting
Downshifting with an automatic
transaxle, while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
E170800AHM
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher
ground clearance and a narrower
track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road
applications. Specific design characteristics give them a higher center of
gravity than ordinary vehicles. An
advantage of the higher ground
clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems. They are not designed for
cornering at the same speeds as
conventional passenger vehicles,
any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to
this risk, driver and passengers are
strongly recommended to buckle
their seat belts. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted person is more likely to
die than a person wearing a seat
belt. There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
roof rack with heavy cargo, and
never modify your vehicle in any way.
5 53
Driving your vehicle
E170600AHM
WARNING - Rollover
As with other Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate
this vehicle correctly may result
in loss of control, an accident or
vehicle rollover.
• Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles.
• Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance,
narrower track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of
gravity than ordinary vehicles.
• A SUV is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as
conventional vehicles.
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
• In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly
more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.
5 54
E110200AAM-EU
Rocking the vehicle
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with
tires designed to provide safe
ride and handling capability. Do
not use a size and type of tire
and wheel that is different from
the one that is originally
installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be
sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same
size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity. If you
nevertheless decide to equip
your vehicle with any tire/wheel
combination not recommended
by Kia for off road driving, you
should not use these tires for
highway driving.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between 1st (First) and R
(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with
a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)
and any forward gear in vehicles
equipped with an automatic
transaxle. Do not race the engine,
and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few
tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a
tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the
transaxle.
CAUTION
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire damage.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Spinning
tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 56
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
✽ NOTICE
The ESC system (if equipped)
should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and
backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects
are anywhere near the vehicle.
During the rocking operation
the vehicle may suddenly move
forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing
injury or damage to nearby people or objects.
OUN056051
E110300AUN
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
5 55
Driving your vehicle
OCM053010
E110400AUN
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
5 56
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed on vehicles not
equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature. Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
1VQA3003
E110500AUN
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
Driving your vehicle
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
E110600AUN
E110700AHM
Driving in flooded areas
Highway driving
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks of
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
✽ NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the
tires.
5 57
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and
sudden tire failure leading to
accidents, injuries, and even
death. Always check tires for
proper inflation before driving. For proper tire pressures,
refer to “Tires and wheels” in
section 8.
• Driving on tires with no or
insufficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result
in loss of vehicle control, collisions, injury, and even death.
Worn-out tires should be
replaced as soon as possible
and should never be used for
driving. Always check the tire
tread before driving your car.
For further information and
tread limits, refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 7.
5 58
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
1VQA3005
E120000ASA
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
E120100AUN
E120101AUN
Snowy or icy conditions
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
on your tires. If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires
equivalent in size and type of the
original equipment tires. Failure to do
so may adversely affect the safety
and handling of your vehicle.
Furthermore, speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are potentially very
hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur. You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front and your vehicle. Also, apply
the brake gently.
WARNING - Snow tire
size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your
vehicle may be adversely affected.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
5 59
Driving your vehicle
E120200AUN
E120400BUN
E120600AUN
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
To keep locks from freezing
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
section 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
E120300AUN
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
5 60
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
E120500AUN
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
E120700AUN
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint finish.
Driving your vehicle
E120800AAM
E120900AHM
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
E121000ASA
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
5 61
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
E140000AFD
If you are considering towing with
your vehicle, you should first check
with your country's Department of
Motor Vehicles to determine their
legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask
an authorized Kia dealer for further
details before towing.
WARNING - Towing a
trailer
If you don't use the correct
equipment and/or drive improperly, you can lose control when
you pull a trailer. For example, if
the trailer is too heavy, the
brakes may not work well - or
even at all. You and your passengers could be seriously or
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only
if you have followed all the
steps in this section.
5 62
WARNING - Weight
limits
Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW (gross
combination weight), GVW
(gross vehicle weight), GAW
(gross axle weight) and trailer
tongue load are all within the
limits.
CAUTION
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage your vehicle and result
in costly repairs not covered by
your warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in
this section.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To
identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
“Weight of the trailer” that appears
later in this section.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering requires
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
This section contains many timetested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Please read this
section carefully before you pull a
trailer.
Load-pulling components such as
the engine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, and tires are forced to work
harder against the load of the added
weight. The engine is required to
operate at relatively higher speeds
and under greater loads. This additional burden generates extra heat.
The trailer also adds considerably to
wind resistance, increasing the
pulling requirements.
Driving your vehicle
E140100AUN
E140200AUN
E140300AUN
Hitches
Safety chains
Trailer brakes
It's important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads are
a few reasons why you’ll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to
follow:
• Will you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later
when you remove the hitch.
If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized Kia dealer.
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the
tongue will not drop to the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may
be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety
chains. Always leave just enough
slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to
your state’s regulations and that it is
properly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weight exceeds the
maximum allowed weight without
trailer brakes, then the trailer will also
require its own brakes as well. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be
able to install, adjust and maintain
them properly.
• Don’t tap into or modify your vehicle's brake system.
WARNING - Trailer
brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. This
is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent
trailer shop for this work.
5 63
Driving your vehicle
E140400AUN
E140401AUN
E140403AUN
Driving with a trailer
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then, to move
the trailer to the left, just move your
hand to the left. To move the trailer to
the right, move your hand to the
right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get
to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and
braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that
the vehicle you are driving is now a
good deal longer and not nearly so
responsive as your vehicle is by
itself.
Before you start, check the trailer
hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start your vehicle
and trailer moving and then apply the
trailer brake controller by hand to be
sure the brakes are working. This lets
you check your electrical connection
at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
5 64
E140402AUN
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance
up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased
vehicle length, you’ll need to go
much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before you can return to your
lane. Due to the added load to the
engine when going uphill the vehicle
may also take longer to pass than it
would on flat ground.
E140404AUN
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects near the edge of the
road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance before
turning or lane changes.
Driving your vehicle
E140405AFD
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash whenever you signal a turn or
lane change. Properly connected,
the trailer lights will also flash to alert
other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash for turns even if the bulbs on
the trailer are burned out. Thus, you
may think drivers behind you are
seeing your signals when, in fact,
they are not. It’s important to check
occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working. You must also
check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the
wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
E140406AFD
WARNING
Failure to use an approved trailer wiring harness could result
in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal
injury.
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your
brakes so much that they would get
hot and no longer operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down
and reduce your speed to around 70
km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transaxle, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer will minimize
heat build up and extend the life of
your transaxle.
5 65
Driving your vehicle
E140407AUN-EA
CAUTION
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay
close attention to the engine
coolant temperature gauge to
ensure the engine does not
overheat.
If the needle of the coolant
temperature gauge moves
across the dial towards “H”
(HOT), pull over and stop as
soon as it is safe to do so, and
allow the engine to idle until it
cools down. You may proceed
once the engine has cooled
sufficiently.
• You must decide driving
speed depending on trailer
weight and uphill grade to
reduce the possibility of
engine and transaxle overheating.
5 66
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer
attached to your vehicle, you should
not park your vehicle on a hill. People
can be seriously or fatally injured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer
can be damaged if they unexpectedly roll downhill.
WARNING - Parking on
a hill
Parking your vehicle on a hill
with a trailer attached could
cause serious injury or death,
should the trailer break loose or
brake stops working.
However, if you ever have to park
your trailer on a hill, here's how to do
it:
1.Pull the vehicle into the parking
space. Turn the steering wheel in
the direction of the curb (right if
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
2.If the vehicle has a manual
transaxle, place the car in neutral.
If the vehicle has an automatic
transaxle, place the car in P (Park).
3.Set the parking brake and shut off
the vehicle.
4.Place chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
shift to neutral, release the parking
brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the
parking brake and shift the vehicle
to R (Reverse) for manual
transaxle or P (Park) for automatic
transaxle.
7. Shut off the vehicle and release
the vehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
Driving your vehicle
E140500AUN
WARNING - Parking
brake
It can be dangerous to get out
of your vehicle if the parking
brake is not firmly set.
If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be
seriously or fatally injured.
When you are ready to leave after
parking on a hill
1.With the manual transaxle in
Neutral or automatic transaxle in P
(Park), apply your brakes and hold
the brake pedal down while you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2.Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3.Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4.Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil, automatic transaxle fluid, axle lubricant
and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to
frequently check. Each item is covered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If
you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
review these sections before you
start your trip.
Don’t forget to also maintain your
trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
start of each day’s driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
CAUTION
• Due to higher load during
trailer usage, overheating
might occur in hot days or
during uphill driving. If the
coolant gauge indicates overheating, switch off the A/C and
stop the vehicle in a safe area
to cool down the engine.
• When towing check transaxle
fluid more frequently.
5 67
Driving your vehicle
kg (lbs.)
E140600BFD
Engine
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
control.
• Do not do any towing with your car
during its first 2,000 km (1,200
miles) in order to allow the engine
to properly break in. Failure to heed
this caution may result in serious
engine or transaxle damage.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized Kia dealer for
further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit,
etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h
(60 mph)).
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the
posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important considerations that have to do with
weight:
5 68
2WD
4WD
Without brake system
454
(1000)
454
(1000)
With brake system
907
(2000)
907
(2000)
91
(200)
91
(200)
Item
Maximum trailer
weight
2.0L/2.4L Gasoline Engine
Maximum tongue weight
2WD : 2-Wheel drive
4WD : 4-Wheel drive
To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should read the
information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this section.
Driving your vehicle
Tongue Load
Total Trailer Weight
Gross Axle Weight
C190E01JM
Gross Vehicle Weight
The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
C190E02JM
E140601AUN
E140602AEN
Weight of the trailer
What is the maximum safe weight of
a trailer? It should never weigh more
than the maximum trailer weight with
trailer brakes. But even that can be
too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
your trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature and how often your vehicle is
used to pull a trailer are all important.
The ideal trailer weight can also
depend on any special equipment
that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the trailer tongue
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehicle. This weight includes the curb
weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
may carry in it, and the people who
will be riding in the vehicle. And if you
will tow a trailer, you must add the
tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying that
weight.
5 69
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Trailer
• Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be
loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load;
the rear should be loaded with
approximately 40% of the total
trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or
trailer towing equipment.
Improper loading can result in
damage to your vehicle and/or
personal
injury.
Check
weights and loading at a commercial scale or highway
patrol office equipped with
scales.
• An improperly loaded trailer
can cause loss of vehicle control.
5 70
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
OSL054900
E150100AUN
E150102AAM
Tire and loading information
label
Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
- Front seat : 2 persons
- Rear seat : 3 persons
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
E150101AAM
OSL054901
Vehicle capacity weight:
5 persons : 420 kg (926 lbs.)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
OSL054902
5 71
Driving your vehicle
E150103AEN
E150105AUN-C1
Towing capacity:
Without trailer brakes
: 454 kg (1000 lbs)
With trailer brakes
: 907 kg (2000 lbs)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1.Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's placard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg
(1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68
kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is
295 kg (650 lbs).
(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or
1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
E150104AUN
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5 72
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
A
Example 2
B
C
A
C190F01JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Total
Vehicle Capacity
635 kg
Weight
(1400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
136 kg
Weight
(300 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 2
Available Cargo and 499 kg
Luggage weight (1100 lbs)
Example 3
B
C
A
C190F02JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Total
Vehicle Capacity
635 kg
Weight
(1400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
340 kg
Weight
(750 lbs)
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5
Available Cargo and 295 kg
Luggage weight (650 lbs)
B
C
C190F03JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Total
Vehicle Capacity
635 kg
Weight
(1400 lbs)
Subtract Occupant
390 kg
Weight
(860 lbs)
78 kg (172 lbs) × 5
Available Cargo and 245 kg
Luggage weight (540 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 73
Driving your vehicle
E150200AUN
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the centerline.
5 74
WARNING - Over
loading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
cause an accident or vehicle
damage. You can calculate the
weight of your load by weighing the items (or people)
before putting them in the
vehicle. Be careful not to overload your vehicle.
• Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR, either
the maximum front or rear
GAWR and vehicle capacity
weight. If you do, parts,
including tires on your vehicle
can break, and it can change
the way your vehicle handles
and braking ability. This could
cause you to lose control and
crash. Also, overloading can
shorten the life of your vehicle.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle's tires and possible
tire failure that could lead to a
crash.
• Overloading your vehicle can
cause increased stopping distances that could lead to a
crash.
• A crash resulting from poor
handling vehicle damage, tire
failure, or increased stopping
distances could result in serious injury or death.
CAUTION
• Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your
vehicle.
• Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change
your weight ratings. Ask your
dealer to help you load your
vehicle the right way.
WARNING - Loose cargo
Items you carry inside your
vehicle can strike and injure
occupants in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Never stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
• Do not drive with a seat folded
down unless necessary.
5 75
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY
E160000AUN
E160200AUN
E160600AUN
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification
label:
Vehicle curb weight
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
E160300AUN
E160700AUN-EU
Cargo weight
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight
rating)
E160100AUN
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
E160400AUN
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
E160500AUN
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the certification label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
5 76
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-2
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . . 6-3
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-3
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Jack label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
• Tie-down hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
OSL060001
F010100ASA
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
6 2
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
F020100AUN-EU
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
F020200AUN
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the transaxle in P (Park, automatic
transaxle) or reverse (manual
transaxle).
3.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the car that is away from
traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in this
section.
F020300AUN
If the engine stalls while driving
1.Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
2.Turn on your emergency flashers.
3.Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
F030100AAM
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1.If your car has an automatic
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2.Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is discharged.
4.Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do
not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could result in a
collision or cause other damage. In addition, push or pull
starting may cause the catalytic
converter to overload and create a fire hazard.
F030200AHM
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1.Check the fuel level.
2.With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3.Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4.If the engine still does not start, call
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
F040100AHM-U1
Jumper Cables
Jump starting
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Booster
battery
Discharged
battery
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.
1VQA4001
F040000AUN
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode causing serious injury.
6 4
WARNING - Battery
• Keep all flames or sparks
away from the battery. The
battery produces hydrogen
gas which may explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
If these instructions are not
followed exactly, serious personal injury and damage to
the vehicle may occur! If you
are not sure how to follow this
procedure, seek qualified
assistance. Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid.
This is poisonous and highly
corrosive. When jump starting, wear protective glasses
and be careful not to get acid
on yourself, your clothing or
on the vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
the vehicle if the discharged
battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low; the battery
may rupture or explode.
What to do in an emergency
F040101ASA
Jump starting procedure
1.Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2.If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example,
the engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
CAUTION - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper
cable from the negative terminal
of the booster battery to the
negative terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause
the discharged battery to overheat and crack, releasing battery acid.
F040200AAM-EU
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle and manual transaxle vehicles equipped with clutch lock system cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
5.Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
F050000AAM
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park,
automatic transaxle) or Neutral
(manual transaxle) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
6 6
4.Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
WARNING
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.
5.If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This
may result in coolant being
blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be
checked as soon as possible by
an authorized Kia dealer.
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
F070101AAM
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
OSL060004
F070100AEN
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment.
Pull up the luggage box cover to
reach this equipment.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
WARNING - Changing
tires
• Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public
road or highway.
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto
the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on a firm level
ground. If you cannot find a
firm, level place off the road,
call a towing service company
for assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never
use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jack
support.
(Continued)
6 7
What to do in an emergency
(Continued)
• The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death.
• Do not get under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away
from the road and from the
vehicle to be raised with the
jack.
6 8
■ Type B
■ Type A
OSL060003
1VQA4022
Removing and storing the
spare tire
F070300AAM-EU-U1
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
1.Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R
(Reverse) with manual transaxle or
P (Park) with automatic transaxle.
3.Activate the hazard warning flasher.
Changing tires
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Changing a
tire
1VQA4023
4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5.Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
blocked, and that no person
remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
OLM069006
6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
OCM054013
OAM069009
7.Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack at
the designated locations under the
frame.
8.Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 30 mm (1 in.).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
WARNING - Jack
location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 10
9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove
them with your fingers. Slide the
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so
it cannot roll away. To put the
wheel on the hub, pick up the
spare tire, line up the holes with
the studs and slide the wheel onto
them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel
slightly and get the top hole in the
wheel lined up with the top stud.
Then jiggle the wheel back and
forth until the wheel can slide over
the other studs.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury. Before
putting the wheel into place, be
sure that there is nothing on the
hub or wheel (such as mud, tar,
gravel, etc.) that prevents with
the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
If there is, remove it. If the contact of the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub is
not good, the wheel nuts could
come loose and cause the loss
of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may
result in loss of control of the
vehicle. This may cause serious
injury or death.
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
OLM069007
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench handle. Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After changing
wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)
6 11
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
into the tire valve and air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
6 12
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud or
vice-versa will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and
will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not
have metric threads. Be sure to
use extreme care in checking
for thread style before installing
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
WARNING - Inadequate
spare tire pressure
Check the inflation pressures
as soon as possible after
installing the spare tire. Adjust
it to the specified pressure, if
necessary. Refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 8.
What to do in an emergency
F070301AUN-EU
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
CAUTION
• You should drive carefully
when the compact spare is in
use. The compact spare
should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle
is not recommended with
more than one compact spare
tire in use at the same time.
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at speeds over
80 km/h (50 mph). The original
tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as is possible
to avoid failure of the spare
possibly leading to personal
injury or death.
The compact spare should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
✽ NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards. Any road hazard,
such as a pothole or debris, could
seriously damage the compact
spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
6 14
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other car components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
■ Example
■ Type A
OHYK064001
■ Type B
OHYK064002
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
6 15
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.
On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
CAUTION
dolly
The 4WD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transaxle or the
4WD system.
dolly
OXM069028
F080100AAM-EU
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
6 16
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bag, set the
ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed.
The side and curtain air bag
may deploy when the ignitions
is ON, and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a
rollover.
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1.Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2.Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3.Release the parking brake.
OUN046030
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle
shift lever in N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
OCM054034
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
■ Front
✽ NOTICE
Towing requires additional equipment. See Owner's Manual for towing capacity, additional instructions
and warnings. Always use caution
while towing.
OSL060010
■ Rear
OSL060011
Removable towing hook
(if equipped)
1.Open the tailgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2.Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
3.Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4.Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
■ Front
OSL060012
■ Rear
OSL060013
F080300AHM-EU
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, have it
done by an authorized Kia dealer
or a commercial tow truck service.
6 18
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
• Attach a towing strap to the
tow hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for
towing may damage the body
of your vehicle.
• Only use a cable or chain
specifically intended for use
in towing vehicles. Securely
fasten the cable or chain to
the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which
would place excessive stress
on the emergency towing
hook and towing cable or
chain. The hook and towing
cable or chain may break and
cause serious injury or damage.
• If the disabled vehicle cannot
be moved, do not forcibly continue the towing. Contact an
authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow truck service
for assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight
ahead as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle
during towing.
OXM069009
• Use a towing strap less than 5 m
(16 feet) long. Attach a white or red
cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)
wide) in the middle of the strap for
easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loose during towing.
6 19
What to do in an emergency
F080301AAM-EU
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Press the brake pedal with more
force than usual since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
6 20
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• If the car is being towed with
all four wheels on the ground,
it can be towed only from the
front. Be sure that the
transaxle is in neutral. Be sure
the steering is unlocked by
placing the ignition switch in
the ACC position. A driver
must be in the towed vehicle
to operate the steering and
brakes.
• To avoid serious damage to
the automatic transaxle, limit
the vehicle speed to 15 km/h
(10 mph) and drive less than
1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transaxle fluid leak
under your vehicle. If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking, a flatbed equipment or
towing dolly must be used.
OLM069017L
Tie-down hook
(for flatbed towing,
if equipped)
WARNING
Do not use the tie-down hooks
under the front of the vehicle for
towing purposes. These hooks
are designed ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down
hooks are used for towing, the
tie-down hooks or front bumper
will be damaged and this could
lead to serious injury.
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Owner maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . 7-12
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . 7-14
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Brake/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• Tire care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . . 7-33
• Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
• Wheel alignment and tire balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire terminology and definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Summer tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
• Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
• Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Instrument panel fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Engine compartment fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ GDI engine
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir
4. Positive battery terminal
5. Negative battery terminal
■ T-GDI engine
6. Fuse box
7. Air cleaner
8. Engine oil dipstick
9. Radiator cap
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
* if equipped
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OSL074101N/OSL071001N
G010000AAM-EU
7 2
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
G020000AHM
G020100AUN-EU
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
Owner’s responsibility
✽ NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
7 3
Maintenance
G020200AUN-EU
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 4
WARNING Maintenance work
• Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous. You can be seriously
injured while performing some
maintenance procedures. If
you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Working under the hood with
the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear
jewelry or loose clothing.
These can become entangled
in moving parts and result in
injury. Therefore, if you must
run the engine while working
under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets,
watches, and necklaces) and
all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fans.
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
G030000AUN
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
G030101AHM
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure. This could
cause burns or other serious
injury.
G030102AAM
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 5
Maintenance
G030103AHM
G030104AHM
G030105AHM-C1
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check the power steering fluid
level.
• Inspect and lubricate the automatic transaxle linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
7 6
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both kilometrage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
R : Replace or change
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
× 1,000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192
# Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
Replace every 12,000 km or 12 months
Engine oil and oil filter (GDI engine)
At first, replace at 5,000 km or 6 months,
Engine oil and oil filter (T-GDI engine)
after that, every 8,000 km or 6 months,
Add every 12,000 km or 12 months
Add fuel additive (1)
Fuel filter (2)
Fuel tank/cap/canister/fuel line/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
fuel hoses/connections/vapor hose
Fuel tank air filer (CCV filter) (2)
(1) If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives ars available
from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
(2) Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for
this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.
7 7
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
R : Replace or change
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
× 1,000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192
# Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
Vaccum hoses
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air cleaner element
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Spark plugs (GDI engine)
Spark plugs (T-GDI engine)
Valve clearance (3)
R
R
R
I
I
(3) Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A qualified technician should
perform the operation.
7 8
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
R : Replace or change
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
× 1,000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192
# Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
I
I
I
At first, inspect the drive belt at 96,000 km or 72 months;
after that, inspect it 24,000 km or 24 months
Drive belts (4)
At first, replace at 192,000 km or 120 months;
after that, replace every 48,000 km or 24 months
Engine coolant (5)
Cooling system hoses & connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 60,000 km or 48 months
Manual transaxle oil
No check, No service required
Automatic transaxle oil
Brake/clutch* fluid
I
Brake lines/lines & connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(including booster)
Clutch* & brake pedal free play
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
* if equipped
(4) The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
(5) When adding coolant, use only deionizes water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the
coolant filled at the factory.
An inproper coolant mixture can result in serious maifunction or engine damage.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
R : Replace or change
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
× 1,000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192
# Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rear brake disc/pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust pipes, heat shield & mountings
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front suspension ball jonts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Drive shaft dust boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All latch, hinges and locks
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Battery condition
7 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
R : Replace or change
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first
× 1,000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
156
168
180
192
# Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90
96
Power steering fluid & lines*
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Climate contol air filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor operation &
refrigerant amount
Rotate tires
I
I
I
I
I
Transfer case oil (4WD) (6)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 60,000 km or 48 months
Rear differential oil (4WD) (7)
Inspect every 60,000 km or 48 months
Propellar shaft (4WD)
Tire condition & inflation pressure
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
* if equipped
(6) Transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
(7) Rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
7 11
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
DRIVING
CONDITION
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER (GDI ENGINE)
R
EVERY 6,000 km OR 6 MONTHS
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER (T-GDI ENGINE)
R
EVERY 5,000 km OR 3 MONTHS
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
SPARK PLUGS
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
B, H
MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID
R
EVERY 120,000 km
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
R
EVERY 96,000 km
A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I
FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
PARKING BRAKE
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
7 12
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
DRIVING
CONDITION
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
I
EVERY 12,000 km OR 6 MONTHS
C, D, E, F, G
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD) (1)
R
EVERY 120,000 km
C, E, G, H, I, J
REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL (1)
R
EVERY 120,000 km
C, E, G, H, I, J
PROPELLAR SHAFT
I
EVERY 12,000 km OR 6 MONTHS
C, E
LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)
(1) Transfer case Oil and Rear Axle Oil should be changed anytime they have abeen submerged in water.
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km
(5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km
(10 miles) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long
distances
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or
salt-spread roads
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)
G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or
vehicle towing
J - Driving over 170 km/h (100 mph)
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7 13
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
G050100AHM
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
G050200AUN
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
G050300AUN
Fuel filter (cartridge)
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
7 14
After installing a new filter, run the
engine for several minutes, and
check for leaks at the connections.
Fuel filters should be installed by an
authorized Kia dealer.
G050400AUN-EU
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
G050600AUN
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
G050700AUN
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Maintenance
G050800AUN
G051200AUN
Air cleaner filter
Coolant
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
G050900AUN
G051400AUN
Spark plugs
Automatic transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
G051000AHM
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
G051100AHM
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Automatic transaxle fluid should not
be checked under normal usage
conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this section.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunction and failure.
Use only specified automatic
transaxle fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
G051300AUN
Manual transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
G051500AUN
✽ NOTICE
Brake hoses and lines
Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
It is normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
7 15
Maintenance
G051600AAM
G052000AUN
G052400AUN
Brake/Clutch (if equipped)
fluid
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Drive shafts and boots
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
G051700AUN
G052100AUN
Parking brake
Suspension mounting bolts
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
G051900AUN
G052200AUN
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
7 16
G052500AUN
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
G060100AHM-EU
GDI engine
Checking the engine oil level
OSL074102N
T-GDI engine
1.Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2.Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
3.Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4.Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
5.Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should be
between F and L.
CAUTION
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
• Do not spill engine oil, when
adding or changing engine
oil. If you drop the engine oil
on the engine room, wipe it off
immediately.
WARNING - Radiator
hose
OSL071003N
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
7 17
Maintenance
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine components.
GDI engine
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in section 8.)
OSL074103N
T-GDI engine
OSL071004N
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
7 18
G060200BHM-EU
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin
irritation or cancer if left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Used engine oil
contains chemicals that have
caused cancer in laboratory
animals. Always protect your
skin by washing your hands
thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
G070000AHM
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder climate.
G070100AHM
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
• Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage. Also, hot
coolant or steam could cause
serious personal injury.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Turn the engine off and wait
until it cools down. Use
extreme care when removing
the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while
the pressure is released from
the cooling system. When you
are sure all the pressure has
been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel,
and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug
while the engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out
under pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by engine
coolant temperature,
refrigerant pressure
and vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate even when the
engine is not running. Use
extreme caution when working
near the blades of the cooling
fan so that you are not injured
by a rotating fan blades. As the
engine coolant temperature
decreases, the electric motor
will automatically shut off. This
is a normal condition.
If your vehicle is equipped with
GDI, the electric motor (cooling
fan) may operate untill you disconnect the negative battery
cable.
7 19
Maintenance
G070101AHM
OSL070006
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side
of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to provide
protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.
7 20
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Ambient
Temperature
Antifreeze
Water
-15°C (5°F)
35
65
-25°C (-13°F)
40
60
-35°C (-31°F)
50
50
-45°C (-49°F)
60
40
Maintenance
G070200AHM
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this section.
CAUTION
OSL072007
WARNING
Radiator cap
Put a thick cloth around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
engine parts such as the alternator.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure
visibility
when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage the paint
and body trim.
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure
causing
serious
injury.
7 21
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings and/or
clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch* system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OLM079008
G080100AAM
Checking the brake/clutch*
fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch*
fluid contamination.
* if equipped
7 22
Use only the specified brake/clutch*
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
WARNING - Loss of
brake/clutch* fluid
In the event the brake/clutch*
system requires frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle should
be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Brake /
clutch* fluid
When changing and adding
brake/clutch* fluid, handle it
carefully. Do not let it come in
contact with your eyes. If
brake/clutch* fluid should come
in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a
large quantity of fresh tap
water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
Maintenance
CAUTION
Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid
to contact the vehicle's body
paint, as paint damage will
result.
Brake/clutch* fluid, which has
been exposed to open air for an
extended time should never be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. Don't put in
the wrong kind of fluid. A few
drops of mineral-based oil, such
as
engine
oil, in
your
brake/clutch* system can damage brake/clutch* system parts.
7 23
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING - Coolant
OSL074104N
G120100AUN-C1
Checking the washer fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7 24
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure
visibility
when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage to paint
and body trim.
• Windshield
washer
fluid
agents contain some amounts
of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks
or flame to contact the washer
fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or
occupants could occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and
animals. Do not drink and
avoid contacting windshield
washer fluid. Serious injury or
death could occur.
OLM059014
Checking the parking brake
Type A
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 lb,
196 N) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 4~5 notch
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals.
CAUTION
OSL050012
Type B
Check the stroke of the parking
brake by counting the number of
“clicks’’ heard while fully applying it
from the released position. Also, the
parking brake alone should securely
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
grade. If the stroke is more or less
than specified, have the parking
brake adjusted by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OLM079012
G160100AAM
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.
Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of
20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
7 25
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
7 26
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
1JBA5122
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
G180200AUN
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
G180100AUN
Blade inspection
✽ NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified
wiper blade could result in
wiper malfunction and failure.
7 27
Maintenance
1LDA5023
1JBA7037
1JBA7038
Front windshield wiper blade
1.Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
2.Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3.Lift it off the arm.
4.Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
7 28
Maintenance
OHM078062
OHM078063
Rear window wiper blade
1.Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
2.Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3.Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 29
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING - Battery dan-
(Continued)
gers
If any electrolyte gets
into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean
water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on
your skin, thoroughly
wash the contacted
area. If you feel pain or
burning sensation, get
medical attention immediately.
Always read the following instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes
and all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
OSL074105N
G190100AAM
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7 30
Hydrogen, a highly combustible gas, is always
present in battery cells
and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of the
reach
of
children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
(Continued)
Pb
Wear eye protection
when charging or working near a battery.
Always provide ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
(Continued)
Maintenance
(Continued)
An inappropriately disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment and human health.
Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak, resulting in personal injury. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery
cables are connected.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
Never touch these components with the engine running
or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above
warnings can result in serious
bodily injury or death.
CAUTION
If you connect unauthorized
electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use unauthorized devices.
G190200AUN
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
an area with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes,
sparks, or flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin gassing (boiling)
violently or if the temperature
of the electrolyte of any cell
exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in the following order.
(Continued)
7 31
Maintenance
(Continued)
1.Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
2.Unhook the negative clamp
from the negative battery terminal.
3.Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery terminal.
WARNING
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories
and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected.
7 32
G190300AAM
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See section 4)
• Sunroof (See section 4)
• Trip computer (See section 4)
• Climate control system
(See section 4)
• Clock (See section 4)
• Audio (See section 4)
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
G200100AUN
CAUTION
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
G200200AUN-EU
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
OLM089008N
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation also is
possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread, and
a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
WARNING - Tire underinflation
Severe underinflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 33
Maintenance
G200300AUN
CAUTION
CAUTION - Tire pressure
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6
psi ). Do not release air from
warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire
inflation valve caps. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture
could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
WARNING - Tire
Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 34
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle
has been parked for at least
three hours or hasn't been
driven more than 1.6 km (one
mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly
worn, or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
G200301AUN
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You can not tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
G200400AUN
WARNING
• Inspect your tires frequently
for proper inflation as well as
wear and damage. Always use
a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly
causing poor handling, loss of
vehicle control, and sudden
tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold
tire pressure for your vehicle
can be found in this manual
and on the tire label located
on the driver's side center pillar.
• Worn tires can cause accidents. Replace tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or
are damaged.
• Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire. Kia
recommends that you check
the spare every time you
check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
7 35
Maintenance
Without a spare tire
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
G200500AUN
✽ NOTICE
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to
left.
S2BLA790A
Directional tires (if equipped)
CBGQ0707A
7 36
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare
tire (if equipped) for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that could result in death,
severe injury, or property
damage.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
Maintenance
WARNING - Replacing
Tread wear indicator
tires
OEN076053
G200600AHM-EU
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
To reduce the chance of serious
or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tire failure or
loss of vehicle control:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
too little or too much pressure
in your tires. This can lead to
uneven wear and tire failure.
• When replacing tires, never
mix radial and bias-ply tires
on the same car. You must
replace all tires (including the
spare) if moving from radial to
bias-ply tires.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Using tires and wheels other
than the recommended sizes
could cause unusual handling
characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident.
• Wheels that do not meet Kia’s
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling
and poor vehicle control.
• The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. The
tire size affects wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the
vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause the
ABS(Anti-lock Brake System)
and ESC(Electronic Stability
Control) to work irregularly.
7 37
Maintenance
G200601AUN
G200700BUN
G200800AHM
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
Wheel replacement
Tire traction
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
7 38
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct
size may adversely affect wheel
and bearing life, braking and
stopping abilities, handling
characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
snow
chain
clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and
bumper height.
G200900AUN
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Maintenance
G201002AHM
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
G201000AUN
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
G201001AUN
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P235/55R18 98H
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
98 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX18
7.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 39
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
7 40
Maximum Speed
180 km/h (112 mph)
190 km/h (118 mph)
210 km/h (130 mph)
240 km/h (149 mph)
240 km/h (Above 149 mph)
G201003AHM
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2014.
WARNING - Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
be replaced after approximately
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
warning can result in sudden
tire failure, which could lead to
a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or
death.
Maintenance
G201004AEN
G201006AUN
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
G201005AUN
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
G2010007AEN-EU
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7 41
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7 42
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
WARNING - Tire
temperature
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
build-up and possible sudden
tire failure. This can cause loss
of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
Maintenance
G201100AAM
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories
are,
automatic
transaxle, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi) before a tire has
built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg
(150 pounds).
7 43
Maintenance
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
7 44
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread of a
tire when only 2/32 inch of tread
remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due to
curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Maintenance
Summer tires
Radial-ply tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions. Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Snow tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4
psi) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard
tires on the tire label on the driver's
side of the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75
mph) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7 45
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire
(if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
7 46
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
• When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
• If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize the
tire damage with your own
eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even
though you cannot see the tire
damage with your own eyes,
have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire
damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type
Normal
Blown
Cartridge type
Normal
Blown
Fusible link
Normal
Normal
Blown
Blown
OLM079051N
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 3 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse
replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
G210000AAM
7 47
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays
and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may
cause a possible fire. If fuses,
relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown,
we recommend that you consult with an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause
contact failure and system
malfunction.
7 48
OSL070019
G210100AAM
Inner panel fuse replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2.Open the fuse panel cover.
OLM079021
3.Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
on the engine compartment fuse
panel cover.
4.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5.Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
OSL070022
G210101AHM-C1
• If the memory fuse is pulled out
from the fuse panel, the warning
chime, audio, clock and interior
lamps, etc., will not operate. Some
items must be reset after replacement. Refer to “Battery” in this
section.
• Even though the memory fuse is
pulled out, the battery can still be
discharged by operation of the
headlights or other electrical
devices.
Memory fuse
Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge
if your vehicle is parked without
being operated for prolonged periods. Use the following procedures
before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods.
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Turn off the headlights and tail
lights.
3.Open the driver’s side panel cover
and pull out the memory fuse.
7 49
Maintenance
3.Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4.Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in
the
clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
OLM079023
G210200AHM
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2.Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
7 50
CAUTION
After checking the fuse panel in
the
engine
compartment,
securely install the fuse panel
cover. If not, electrical failures
may occur from water contact.
OLM079052N
G210201AAM
Main fuse and multi fuse
If the main fuse and multi fuse is
blown, it must be removed as follows:
1.Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
2.Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
3.Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
4.Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
G210300AAM-EU
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 51
Maintenance
OSL070026
Instrument panel fuse panel
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
OSL074201N
7 52
Maintenance
OLM079027N
Engine compartment fuse
panel
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
OSL074202N
7 53
Maintenance
OLM079053N
Engine compartment fuse
panel
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
OSL074103
7 54
Maintenance
Inner fuse panel
Fuse Name
AUDIO
POWER
CONNECTOR RF_ANT
A/BAG
S/HEATER FRT
S/HEATER RR
A/CON
HTD MIRR
Fuse rating
20A
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
7.5A
7.5A
Protected component
Audio
RF Receiver
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor, Telltale & SBR Lamp
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch
Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH
A/C Control Module (Auto)
A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
CLUSTER
10A
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch, Driver CCS Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Tire
Pressure Monitoring Module, Audio, Alternator, BCM, A/C Control Module, Telltale & SBR Lamp
IG2 A
WIPER RR
10A
15A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module, IPS Control Module (IG2)
Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay)
IG2 B
10A
Cluster Ionizer, A/C Control Module, Rain Sensor, Sunroof Motor, Electro Chromic Mirror,
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay)
POWER OUTLET 2
A/BAG IND
SMART KEY 2
20A
10A
10A
Rear Power Outlet, Front Power Outlet LH, Front Cigarette Lighter
Instrument Cluster (A/Bag IND.)
Smart Key Control Module
WIPER FRT
25A
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Front Wiper (Low) Relay,
Wiper (Rain Sensor) Relay)
POWER OUTLET 1
SMART KEY 1
ACC
15A
10A
10A
Front Power Outlet RH
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
Audio, Amp, Sunroof Control Module, Power Outside Mirror Switch
START
10A
Burglar Alarm Relay (With Burglar Alarm), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay : W/O Burglar Alarm
& Smart Key), Smart Key Control Module (W/O Burglar Alarm & With Smart Key)
MODULE IG1
UH_BOX
10A
20A
EPS Control Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL., 4WD ECM, Stop Lamp Switch, IPS Control Module (IG1)
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (ECU 2 7.5A, ABS 7.5A, TCU 2 7.5A)
7 55
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Protected component
ROOM LP
10A
BCM, Map Lamp, Room Lamp, Driver/Passenger Vanity Lamp, Electro Chromic Mirror,
Luggage Lamp, Ignition Key ILL. & Door Warning Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module,
Instrument Cluster (MCU, IND.), A/C Control Module, IPS Control Module (B+)
PDM B
DR LOCK
HAZARD
FOG LP RR
PDM A
ATM K/LOCK
CORNERING LAMP
SEAT VENT
P/WDW RH
P/WDW LH
10A
15A
15A
10A
25A
7.5A
10A
15A
25A
25A
Start/Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder, Smart Key Control Module
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)
BCM
(Not Used)
Smart Key Control Module
ATM Shift Lever, Key Solenoid
(Not Used)
Driver CCS Seat Warmer
Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH
Rear Power Window Switch LH, Power Window Main Switch
SAFETY POWER
WINDOW
20A
Driver Safety Power Window Module
P/SEAT(DRV)
20A
Driver Seat Manual Switch
MODULE B+
10A
Multipurpose Check Connector, Data Link Connector, Driver CCS Switch,
Rear Parking Assist Buzzer
SUNROOF
AMP
HTD_STRG
15A
25A
15A
Sunroof Motor, Sunroof Control Module
Amp
Heated steering wheel
7 56
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
MDPS
B+1
ABS 2
EMS
ABS 1
MULTI
BLOWER
FUSE
Fuse rating
80A
60A
40A
40A
40A
40A
Protected component
EPS Control Module
I/P Junction Box (PDM A 25A, DR LOCK 15A, HAZARD 15A, IPS 4~7)
ESC Module
EMS Box (TCU 1 15A, ECU 30A, A/CON 10A, F/PUMP 15A)
ESC Module
Blower Relay
B+3
60A
I/P Junction Box (P/SEAT(DRV) 20A, SAFETY POWER WINDOW 20A, PDM B 10A, ATM
K/LOCK 7.5A, SEAT VENT 15A, Power Connector (AUDIO 20A, RF_ANT 7.5A),
ROOM LP 10A)
B+2
60A
I/P Junction Box (Power Window Relay, SUNROOF 15A, AMP 25A, MODULE B+ 10A,
IPS 0~3, IPS 8~10)
40A
50A
40A
30A
40A
15A
15A
10A
20A
10A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
20A
Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
Cooling Fan (High) Relay, Cooling Fan (Low) Relay
Rear Defogger Relay
PDM Relay Box (IGN1/ACC Relay : With Smart Key), Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)
PDM Relay Box (IGN2 Relay : With Smart Key), Ignition Switch (W/O Smart Key)
Horn Relay
Front Wiper Deicer Relay
Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay)
4WD ECU
Battery Sensor
Transaxle Range Switch
Transaxle Range Switch, Vacuum Switch, Vacuum Pump Relay
ESC Module, ICM Relay Box (DBC Relay), Multi Switch
ATM P/N Relay, PCM, Multifunction Switch (Remote Control)
Vacuum Pump Relay
C/FAN (MPI engine)
C/FAN (T-GDI engine)
RR HTD
IG 1
IG 2
HORN
DEICER
FUSE STOP LP
4WD
AMS
TCU 2 (MPI engine)
TCU 2 (T-GDI engine)
ABS
ECU 2
V_PUMP (T-GDI engine)
7 57
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel (EMS Box)
Fuse Name
F/PUMP
Fuse rating
15A
Fuel Pump Relay
Protected component
SENSOR 4
15A
Fuel Pump Relay, PCM, Oxygen Sensor (Up)/(Down),
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Cooling Fan (High)/(Low) Relay)
SENSOR 3
SENSOR 2
TCU 1
A/CON
10A
10A
15A
10A
A/CON Relay, Injector #1~#4
(Not Used)
PCM
A/CON Relay
SENSOR 1 (MPI engine)
10A
Immobilizer Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve
#1/#2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
SENSOR 1 (T-GDI engine)
10A
Immobilizer Module, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil Control Valve
#1/#2Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve,
RCV
ECU 1
ECU
20A
30A
Ignition Coil #1~#4, Condenser
Engine Control Relay
7 58
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
G230101AUN
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
G230102BUN
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water,
and do not wash the vehicle in
direct sunlight or when the
body of the vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especailly, with high-pressure
water. Water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the
plastic parts and lamps, do
not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
WARNING - Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7 59
Maintenance
OJB037800
CAUTION
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
7 60
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
CAUTION
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to
the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
Maintenance
G230103AUN
G230104AUN
G230105ASA
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of the doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
✽ NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
7 61
Maintenance
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
7 62
Aluminum or chrome wheel maintenance
The aluminum or chrome wheels are
coated with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum or
chrome wheels. They may scratch
or damage the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents. It may damage and
corrode the aluminum or chrome
wheels coated with a clear protective finish.
G230107AHM
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporate slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
7 63
Maintenance
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
7 64
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Interior care
G230201BHM
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Maintenance
G230202AUN
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
G230204AHM
CAUTION
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures
may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.
G230203AUN
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
7 65
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
G270000AHM-EU
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Maintenance booklet in
your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
7 66
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
G270100AUN
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
G270200AUN
2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery) system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
Maintenance
G270201AUN
G270300AUN
G270302AUN-EU
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
G270301AUN
G270202AHM
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge or fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
7 67
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
7 68
G270303AAM
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Fire
• A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle. Do not park, idle
or drive the vehicle over or
near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper,
leaves, etc.
• The exhaust system and catalytic system are very hot
while the engine is running or
immediately after the engine
is turned off. Keep away from
the exhaust system and catalytic, you may get burned.
Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
• Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
7 69
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-4
• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
BULB WATTAGE
I010000AAM-EU
I030000AAM-EU
Item
mm (in)
Overall length
4440 (174.8)
Overall width
1855 (73.0)
Overall height
1635 (64.4) / 1645 (64.8)*1
Front tread
1618 (63.7)*2/ 1611 (63.4)*3/ 1600 (63.0)*4
Rear tread
1619 (63.7)*2/ 1612 (63.5)*3/ 1601 (63.0)*4
Wheelbase
2640 (103.9)
*1 with
*2 with
*3 with
*4 with
roof rack
215/70R16 tire
225/60R17 tire
235/55R18 tire
Light Bulb
Headlights (Low)
Headlights (High)
Front turn signal lights / Position lights
Front turn signal lights*
Side turn signal*
Front fog lights
Side marker
Stop and tail lights
Tail lights
Rear turn signal lights
Back-up lights
High mounted stop light
License plate lights
Map lamps*
Room lamps
Glove box lamp*
Luggage lamp*
Vanity mirror lamps*
* If equipped
8 2
Wattage
55
55
28/8
28
LED or 5
27
5
28/8
5
27
16
5 or LED
5
6
10
5
10
5
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
I020000AAM-EU
Item
Full size tire
Compact spare
tire
Tire
size
Wheel size
215/70R16
225/60R17
235/55R18
6.5J×16
6.5J×17
7.0J×18
T155/90D16
4.0T×16
Cold tire inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Front
Rear
240 (35)
240 (35)
235 (34)
235 (34)
420 (60)
420 (60)
Wheel lug nut torque
kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)
9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the
same size originally supplied
with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size
can damage the related parts or
make it work irregularly.
8 3
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil
Volume
Classification
4.8 l (5.1 US qt.)
API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above
*1 *2
recommended
(or equivalent)
GDI
Manual transaxle fluid
T-GDI
GDI
1.8~1.9 l
(1.90~2.01 US qt.)
2.1~2.2 l
(2.20~2.32 US qt.)
7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)
Automatic transaxle fluid
T-GDI
GDI
AT
7.8 l (8.24 US qt.)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV
SK ATF SP-IV
NOCA ATF SP-IV
Kia genuine ATF SP-IV
6.8 l (7.19 US qt.)
MT
Coolant
API GL-4, SAE 75W/85
T-GDI
6.7 l (7.08 US qt.)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
6.7~6.8 l
(7.08~7.19 US qt.)
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing
the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
MT : Manual transaxle
AT : Automatic transaxle
8 4
Specifications & Consumer information
Lubricant
Brake fluid
Volume
0.7~0.8 l (0.7~0.8 US qt.)
Rear differential oil (4WD)
0.65 l (0.69 US qt.)
Transfer case oil (4WD)
0.6 l (0.63 US qt.)
Fuel
58 l (15.32 US gal.)
Classification
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
(SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)
Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1
8 5
Specifications & Consumer information
I040000AAM-EU
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms
that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle will
be operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
Temperature
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
20W-50
Engine Oil
(T-GDI engine)
15W-40
10W-30
5W-30, 5W-40
Engine Oil
(GDI engine) *1
10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30
*1 For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the
engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC
GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your
country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8 6
50
120
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
VIN Label
Frame number
OLM089001
H010000AAM
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, open the carpet
flap.
OLM089002N
OEN086004N
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
H020000AUN
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
8 7
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
GDI engine
OSL084003
OLM089008N
T-GDI engine
H030000APB
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
OSL081003N
❈ The actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
H04000AUN
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8 8
Index
I
Index
A
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . 3-48
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
How does the air bag system operate. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Side impact air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-75
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio information . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
I 2
B
Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Back-up warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Non-operational conditions of back-up
warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Operation of the back-up warning system . . . . . . . . 4-76
Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Downhill brake control (DBC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Brake/clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
C
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Index
D
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Other door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
E
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Push-starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
ENGINE START/STOP button position . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-14
Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Exterior overview II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Four wheel drive (4WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
F
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Engine compartment fuse panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Instrument panel fuse panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
H
Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
I
If the engine overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
I 3
Index
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . . 6-3
If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-3
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 6-2
If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Cargo security screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Floor mat anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Luggage net holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Interior light welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
I 4
Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
K
Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
L
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Headlight welcome function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Index
M
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . . . 7-12
Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Manual transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
M
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
O
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
P
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
R
Rear-camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Remote keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
S
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
I 5
Index
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Electronic power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
FLEX Steer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Tilt and telescoping steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Glove box cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Luggage box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
T
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
I 6
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-33
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Tie-down hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
V
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Index
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GVW (Gross vehicle weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
W
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
I 7
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement